Sunteți pe pagina 1din 268

PREFACE

This book contains the Daily Practice Problems (DPPs) designed for the aspirants

JEE(Main+Advanced). It is a collection of problems (Physics, Chemistry &

Mathematics in separate booklets) from multiple topics to understand the application


of concepts learned in theory. Each DPP is kind of a timed test with marking scheme

and prescribed time to be spent on each problem. It enables a student to practice time

management while solving a problem.

It covers all the pattern of problems asked in Target exam. Answer Key and Hints &

Solutions are also given for self evaluation. In all, it is a great tool for regular

practice of problems in a systematic manner.

Every effort has been taken to keep this book error free, however any suggestions to

improve are welcome at dlpd@resonance.ac.in.

©Copyright reserved.
All rights reserved. Any photocopying, publishing or reproduction of full or any part of this study material is strictly prohibited. This material belongs to enrolled
13RDLP

student of RESONANCE only. Any sale/resale of this material is punishable under law, subject to Kota Jurisdiction only.
DPPs File
(Class-XI)

Index
S.No. Topics Page No.

01 DPPs (01 to 92) 001 – 159

02 Answer Key 160 – 165

03 Hints & Solutions 166 – 266


PHYSICS Total Marks : 30
DPP No. 1 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
1. sin 300º is equal to

3 3
(A) 1/2 (B) –1/2 (C)  (D)
2 2
2. Value of tan225º is :
1
(A) 3 (B) (C) 1 (D) –1
3

3. Value of sin15º. cos15º is :

3
(A) 1 (B) 1/2 (C) 1/4 (D)
2
4. Value of sin (37°) cos (53°) is -
9 12 16 3
(A) (B) (C) (D)
25 25 25 5

1
5. If sin  = , then cos  will be -
3

8 4 2 2 3
(A)  (B)  (C)  (D) 
9 3 3 4

6. Which of the following has value 1 :


(A) tan 45° (B) sin 90° (C) cos 90° (D) cos 0°
COMPREHENSION
Following are three equations of motion
1 2
S(t) = ut + at v(s) = u 2  2 a s v(t) = u + at
2
Where ; S, u, t, a, v are respectively the displacement (dependent variable), initial velocity (constant),
time taken (independent variable), acceleration (constant) and final velocity (dependent variable) of the
particle after time t.
7. Find displacement of a particle after 10 seconds starting from rest with a uniform acceleration of 2m/s2.
(A) 10 m (B) 100 m (C) 50 m (D) 200 m
8. Find the velocity of the particle after 100 m –
(A) 10 m/s (B) 20 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) 0 m/s
9. Find the velocity of the particle after 10 seconds if its acceleration is zero in interval (0 to 10 s) –
(A) 10 m/s (B) 20 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) 0 m/s
10. Find the displacement of the particle when its velocity becomes 10 m/s if acceleration is 5 m/s 2 all
through–
(A) 50 m (B) 200 m (C) 10 m (D) 100 m

DPPS FILE # 1
PHYSICS Total Marks : 35
DPP No. 2 Max. Time : 40 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [20, 25]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

dy
1. y = x 3 + 2x 2 + 7x + 8 then will be -
dx
(A) 3x 2 + 2x + 15 (B) 3x 2 + 4x + 7 (C) x 3 + 2x 2 + 15 (D) x 3 + 4x + 7

2. Differentiation of 2x 2 + 3x w.r.t. x is :
(A) 4x + 3 (B) 4x (C) 3 (D) 4x + 1

3. Equation of straight line is 2x + 3y = 5. Slope of the straight line is :


(A) 3/2 (B) 2/3 (C) –2/3 (D) –3/2

dy
4. y = x 4 + 3x 2 + + 2. Find :
dx

dy
5. y = 4 + 5x + 7x 3. Find :
dx

6. Find slope of a straight line 2x – 5y + 7 = 0

2 1 1 dy
7. y= xx   3 . Find
x x dx

1 dy
8. y = x2 + 2 . Find
x dx
COMPREHENSION
1 2
If S = ut + at
2
Where ; S is displacement, u - initial velocity (constant) , v - final velocity , a - acceleration(constant)
& t - time taken then -

9. Differentiation of 'S' w.r.t. 't' will be -

at ut 2 at 3
(A) u + (B) u + at (C) u + 2at (D) +
2 2 6

10. Differentiation of above result w.r.t. 't' will be -


(A) a (B) u + a (C) u (D) none

DPPS FILE # 2
PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 3 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

dy
1. If y = sin(x) + ln(x 2) + e2x then will be :
dx

2 2 2 2
(A) cos x + + e2x (B) cos x + + 2e2x (C) – cos x + 2 + e2x (D) – cos x – + 2e2x
x x x x2
dy
2. If y = ex . cot x then will be
dx
(A) excot x – cosec2x (B) ex cosec2x (C) ex[cot x – cosec 2x] (D) excot x

dy
3. If y = x nx then will be
dx
(A) nx + x (B) 1 + n x (C) nx (D) 1

nx dy
4. If y = then will be :
x dx

1  nx 1  nx 1  nx nx  1


(A) (B) 2 (C) 2 (D)
x x x x2
5. Differentiation of sin(x 2 + 3) w.r.t. x is -
(A) cos (x 2 + 3) (B) 2x cos(x 2 + 3) (C) (x 2 + 3) cos(x 2 + 3) (D) 2x cos(2x + 3)

dy
6. If y = x 2 sin x , then will be -
dx
(A) x 2 cos x + 2x sin x (B) 2x sin x (C) x 2 cos x (D) 2 x cos x

dy
7. If y = tan x . cos2x then will be -
dx
(A) 1 + 2sin2x (B) 1 – 2sin2x (C) 1 (D) 2 sin2x

2 4 dy
8. y = (2x +3 )4 – (7x –1)2 + 3 + 2 . Find
(3 x  1) ( 4x  3) dx
COMPREHENSION
If a function is written as :
y1 = sin(4x 2) & another function is y 2 = ln(x 3) then :

dy 1
9. , will be :
dx
(A) 8x cos (4x 2) (B) cos (4x 2) (C) – cos(4x 2) (D) –8x cos(4x 2)
dy 2
10. will be
dx
1 3 1 3
(A) 3 (B) (C)  3 (D)
x x x x2

DPPS FILE # 3
PHYSICS Total Marks : 33
DPP No. 4 Max. Time : 35 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]
Multiple choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 to Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Double differentiation of displacement w.r.t. time is :


(A) acceleration (B) velocity (C) force (D) none

d2 y
2. If y = x 3 then is -
dx 2
(A) 6x 2 (B) 6x (C) 3x 2 (D) 3x

3. If Q = 4v 3 + 3v 2 , then the value of 'v' such that, there exist maxima of 'Q' -
1 1
(A) 0 (B)  (C) (D) none
2 2

dy
4. If y = 2 sin2  + tan  then will be -
d
(A) 4 sin  cos  + sec  tan  (B) 2 sin 2  + sec2 
(C) 4 sin  + sec2  (D) 2 cos2  + sec2 

3
5.  x dx is equal to :

x4 x4
(A) 3x 2 (B) C (C) (D) 4x 3
4 4

6.  2 sin( x)dx is equal to :


(A) –2cos x + C (B) 2 cosx + C (C) –2 cos x (D) 2 cosx

d2 y
7. If y = sinx, then will be :
dx 2
(A) cos x (B) sin x (C) – sin x (D) sin x + C

8. Which of the following has value zero ?


(A) Sin 0° (B) tan 0° (C) cos 0° (D) cot 0°

9. y = x(c – x) where c is a constant. Find maximum value of y.

10. If y = 4cos4x find  y dx

DPPS FILE # 4
PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 5 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q. 6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Maximum value of f(x) = sin x + cos x is :

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C)


1 (D)
2 2

2. The displacement of a body at any time t after starting is given by s = 15t – 0.4t 2. The velocity of the
body will be 7 ms–1 after time :
(A) 20 s (B) 15 s (C) 10 s (D) 5 s

3. For the previous question, the acceleration of the particle at any time t is :
(A) –0.8 m/s2 (B) 0.8 m/s2 (C) –0.6 m/s2 (D) 0.5 m/s2

4. A particle is moving in a straight line. Its displacement at time t is given by s (in m) =  4t 2 + 2t, then

its velocity and acceleration at time t = 1


2 second are
(A)  2 m/s,  8 m/s2 (B) 2 m/s, 6 m/s2 (C)  2 m/s , 8 m/s2 (D) 2 m/s, 8 m/s2

5. A stone thrown upwards from ground level, has its equation of height h = 490 t - 4.9 t 2 where 'h' is in
metres and t is in seconds respectively. What is the maximum height reached by it ?

6. If  (x  1)dy
COMPREHENSION

If a man has a velocity varying with time given as v = 3t 2 , v is in m/s and t in sec then :

7. Find out the velocity of the man after 3 sec.


(A) 18 m/s (B) 9 m/s (C) 27 m/s (D) 36 m/s

8. Find out his displacement after 2 seconds of his start :


(A) 10 m (B) 6 m (C) 12 m (D) 8 m

9. Find out his acceleration after 3 seconds :


(A) 9 m/s2 (B) 18 m/s2 (C) 12 m/s2 (D) 6 m/s2

DPPS FILE # 5
PHYSICS Total Marks : 33
DPP No. 6 Max. Time : 36 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [12, 15]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

dy
1. If y = 2x 3 + 3x 2 + 6x + 1 , then will be -
dx
(A) 6(x 2 + x + 1) (B) 6(x 2 + x + 2) (C) 6x 2 + 3x (D) (x 2 + 6x + 1)

2. If x = (6y + 4) (3y 2 + 4y + 3) then  x dy will be :

1 (3 y 2  4 y  3)2 (6y  4)
(A) 2 (B) + C (C) (3y2 + 4y + 3) (D)
3y  4 y  3 2 (3 y 2  4 y  3 )

x 1
3. If f(x) = , then the value of f(f(f(x))) is :
x –1
x 1 x 1
(A) (B) 1 (C) (D) x
x 1 x 1

 1/ 3 1 
4.  (x) – 1/ 3
(x)
 dx is equal to :


4 2/3 2 2/3 3 4/3 2 1/3 3 3


(A) x 4/3 – x 2/3 + c (B) x – x + c (C) x – x + c (D) (x)4/3 – (x)2/3 + c
3 3 4 3 4 2

5. Integrate the following :  (sin4t + 2t) dt


6. Integrate the following :  (2t – 4)–4 dt
dt
7. Integrate the following :  (6 t  1)
COMPREHENSION
If charge flown through a cross section of wire in one direction during 0 to t is given by q = 3 sin (3t) then


8. Find out the amount of charge flowing through the wire till t =   seconds.
6
(A) 3 coulombs (B) 6 coulombs (C) 1 coulomb (D) Zero coulomb


9. Find out the current flowing through the wire at t = second.
9
(A) 4.5 Amp (B) 4.5 3 Amp (C) 3 /2 Amp (D) 9 Amp.

 
10. Find out the area under i – t curve from t = to t = seconds :
9 6

2  3  2  3  2  3  2  3 
(A) 3  2  (B) 3  2  (C)  2  (D)  2 
       

DPPS FILE # 6
PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 7 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q. 6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

dy
1. If y = sin x , then is :
dx

1 cos x 1 1 cos x 1
(A)  (B)  tan x cos x (C) (D) cot x  cos x
4 x sin x 4 x 4 x sin x 4 x

2. A particle moves along a straight line such that its displacement at any time t is given by :
s = t 3 – 6t 2 + 3t + 4 metresThe velocity when the acceleration is zero is :
(A) 3 ms–1 (B) – 12 ms–1 (C) 42 ms–1 (D) – 9 ms–1
 
3. The area of region between y = sinx and x–axis in the interval 0,  will be :
 2
1
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) 2 (D)
2
/2
2
4. The value of x dx will be :
 sin
0
 
(A) 1 (B) 0 (C) (D)
4 2

Evaluate : -
1
2
5.  (3 x
0
 4)dx

/2

6.  (sin x  cos x) dx
0

COMPREHENSION

If a = (3t 2 + 2t + 1)m/s2 is the expression according to which the acceleration of a particle varies moving
along a straight line . Then -
7. The expression for instantaneous velocity at any time 't' will be (if the particle was initially at rest) -
(A) t 3 + 2t + 1 (B) t 3 + t + 1 (C) t 3 + t 2 + t (D) t 3 + t 2 + t + C
8. The change in velocity after 3 seconds of its start is :
(A) 30 m/s (B) 39 m/s (C) 3 m/s (D) 20 m/s

9. Find displacement of the particle after 2 seconds of start -


(A) 26 m (B) 26/3 m (C) 30/7 m (D) 26/7 m

DPPS FILE # 7
PHYSICS Total Marks : 32
DPP No. 8 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
 
1. If A is 2 î  9 ĵ  4 k̂ , then 4 A will be :

(A) 8 î  16 ĵ  36 k̂ (B) 8 î  36k̂  16 ĵ (C) 8 î  9 ĵ  16 k̂ (D) 8 î  36 ĵ  16 k̂


2. Which of the following vector is equal as that of
1m

(A) 1m (B) 2m (C) (D) 1m


1m
x
3. The point for the curve, y = xe ,
(A) x = - 1 is minima (B) x = 0 is minima (C) x = - 1 is maxima (D) x = 0 is maxima
4. The function x 5 - 5x 4 + 5x 3 - 10 has a maxima, when x =
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0

5. The unit vector along A = 2 î  3 ĵ is :

2 î  3 ĵ 2 î  3 ĵ 2 î  3 ĵ
(A) 2 î  3 ĵ (B) (C) (D)
2 3 13

6. Which of the following represents a vector ?


(A) (B) (C) 
A (D) 
A (E) Â

7. The x-component of a certain vector in x-y-plane is 2 units and y-component is + 2 3 units. What is the
magnitude of the vector.
COMPREHENSION y

Position vector A is 2 î

Position vector B is 3 ĵ x
î, ĵ, k̂ are along the shown x,y and z axes : z

8. Geometrical representation of A is

(A)   (B) 2 units (C)  


 (D)
2 units 2 units 2 units


9. Geometrical representation of B is :

(A) (B) 3 units (C)  


 (D)
3 units 3 units 3 units


10.  4 A can be represented as
 
(A) 8 units (B) 8 units (C) A (D) A

DPPS FILE # 8
PHYSICS Total Marks : 32
DPP No. 9 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topic : Mathematical Tools


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.9 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
 
1. Given : A = 2 î  3 ĵ and B = 5 î  6 ĵ
 
The magnitude of ( A  B) is :
(A) 120 units (B) 130 units (C) 58 units (D) 65 units
2. Unit vector along 3 î  3 ĵ is

î  ĵ 3 î  3 ĵ î  ĵ
(A) (B) (C) î  ĵ (D)
2 2 3
3. For the figure shown.

           
(A) A  B  C (B) B  C  A (C) C  A  B (D) A  B  C  0

4. Parallelogram law of vectors is applicable to the addition of :


(A) Any two vectors (B) Two scalars
(C) A vector and a scalar (D) Two vectors representing same physical quantity.
 
    | A B|  
5. If A and B are two non–zero vectors such that | A  B | = and | A | = 2 | B | then the angle
2
 
between A and B is :
(A) 37º (B) 53º (C) cos–1(–3/4) (D) cos–1(–4/3)

 
6. Vectors A  î  ĵ  2k̂ and B  3 î  3 ĵ  6k̂ are :
(A) Parallel (B) Antiparallel (C) Perpendicular (D) at acute angle with each other

7. A particle is moving with speed 6 m/s along the direction of A = 2 î + 2 ĵ – k̂ , then its velocity is :

(A) (4 î + 2 ĵ – 4 k̂ ) units (B) (4 î + 4 ĵ – 2 k̂ ) units

(C) (4 î + 4 ĵ – 4 k̂ ) units (D) (2 î + 4 ĵ – 2 k̂ ) units


   
8. If P = î  ĵ – k̂ and Q = î – ĵ  k̂ , then unit vector along ( P – Q ) is :

1 1 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ ĵ – k̂ 2 ĵ – 2 k̂
(A) î – k̂ (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 2 2 4
     
9. If a  b  a  b then angle between a and b may be
(A) 50° (B) 90° (C) 60° (D) 120°

10. Find the magnitude of the unknown forces X and Y if sum of all forces is zero.

DPPS FILE # 9
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 10 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topics : Rectilinear Motion, Vector, Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. A particle is moving in a straight line with initial velocity u and uniform acceleration f. If the sum of the
distances travelled in t th and (t + 1)th seconds is 100cm, then its velocity after t seconds, in cm/s, is
(A) 20 (B) 30 (C) 50 (D) 80
      
2. If A,B & A  B are three non–zero vector. Such that A  B is perpendicular to B then which of one is
correct :
B B
(A) A  B (B) A  (C) A > B (D) A >
2 2
3. A car covers a distance of 2 km in 2.5 minutes. If it covers half of the distance with speed 40 km/hr, the
rest distance it shall cover with a speed of:
(A) 56 km/hr (B) 60 km/hr (C) 48 km/hr (D) 50 km/hr

4. The displacement of a body is given by r = a 2  t 2 + t cos t 2, where t is the time and a is constant.
Its velocity is:

t t
(A) + cos t 2  t sin 2t (B) + cos t 2  2 t 2 sin t 2
a 2 t2 a 2 t 2

a
(C) 2 + 2 t cos t 2 sin t + sin t (D) a  t 2  t sin t 2
(a  t2 )
5. A body goes 30 km south and then 40 km east. What will be the displacement from initial point ?
(A) 50 km, 37º South of East (B) 30 km, 37º South of East
(C) 40 km, 53º South of East (D) 70 km, 53º South of East

6. The displacement of a body from a reference point is given by, x = 2 t  3, where ' x ' is in metres and
it is non negative number, t in seconds. This shows that the body :
(A) is at rest at t = 3/2 (B) is speeding up for t > 3/2
(C) is retarded for t < 3/2 (D) is in uniform motion

7. Pick the correct statements:


(A) Average speed of a particle in a given time interval is never less than the magnitude of the average
velocity.

d d 
(B) It is possible to have a situation in which  0 but  0.
dt dt
(C) The average velocity of a particle is zero in a time interval. It is possible that the instantaneous
velocity is never zero in the interval.
(D) The average velocity of a particle moving on a straight line is zero in a time interval. It is possible that
the instantaneous velocity is never zero in the interval. (Infinite acceleration are not allowed)

8. A body moves with uniformly accelerated motion and travels 200 cm in the first two seconds and 220
cm in the next four seconds. What will be the velocity at the end of 7 seconds from start?
DPPS FILE # 10
PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 11 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topic : Rectilinear Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ball is thrown vertically upwards from the ground. It crosses a point at the height of 25 m twice at an
interval of 4 secs. The ball was thrown with the velocity of
(A) 20 m/sec. (B) 25 m/sec.
(C) 30 m/sec. (D) 35 m/sec.

2. The distance travelled by a freely falling body is proportional to


(A) the mass of the body (B) the square of the acceleration due to gravity
(C) the square of the time of fall (D) the time of fall

3. The acceleration–time graph of a particle moving on a straight line is as shown in figure. The velocity of the
particle at time t = 0 is 2m/s. The velocity after 2 seconds will be

(A) 6 m/s (B) 4 m/s


(C) 2 m/s (D) 8 m/s

4. A parachutist drops freely from an aeroplane for 10 s before the parachute opens out. Then he descends with
a net retardation of 2.5 ms–2. If he bails out of the plane at a height of 2495 m and g = 10 ms–2, his velocity on
reaching the ground will be
(A) 2.5 ms–1 (B) 7.5 ms–1
–1
(C) 5 ms (D) 10 ms–1

5. The displacement of a body is given to be proportional to the cube of time elapsed. Acceleration of the body
is proportional to :
(A) t4 (B) t3
2
(C) t (D) t

6. A ball is thrown vertically up with a certain velocity. It attains a height of 40 m and comes back to the thrower.
Then the:(g = 10m/s2)
(A) total distance covered by it is 40 m (B) total displacement covered by it is 80 m
(C) total displacement is zero (D) the average velocity for round trip is zero

DPPS FILE # 11
COMPREHENSION
A particle moves along x-axis. It’s velocity is a function of time according to relation V = (3t2–18t + 24) m/s
assume at t = 0 particle is at origin.

7. Distance travelled by particle in 0 to 3 second time interval is :


(A) 18 m (B) 20 m (C) 22 m (D) 24 m

8. Time interval in which particle speed continuous decreases?


(A) 0 – 3 sec (B) 0 – 2 sec (C) 2–4 sec (D) 2–3 sec

9. Which of the following graph may be correct for the motion of particle

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

DPPS FILE # 12
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 12 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topic : Rectilinear Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. A bird flies for 4 seconds with a velocity of |t – 2| m/sec. in a straight line, where t = time in seconds. It
covers a distance of
(A) 4 m (B) 6 m (C) 8m (D) none of these

2. The velocity - time graph of a particle is as shown in figure

(A) It moves with a constant acceleration throughout


(B) It moves with an acceleration of constant magnitude but changing direction at the end of every
two second
(C) The displacement of the particle is zero
(D) The velocity becomes zero at t = 4 second

3. The graph shown in the figure shows the velocity v versus time t of a body. Which of the graphs shown
in figure represents the corresponding acceleration versus time graphs?

(A) (B) (C) (D)


4. The position vector of a particle is given as r = (t 2 – 4t + 6) î + (t 2 ) ĵ . The time after which the velocity
vector and acceleration vector becomes perpendicular to each other is equal to
(A) 1sec (B) 2 sec (C) 1.5 sec (D) not possible

5. A car starts from rest and moves with constant acceleration. The ratio of the distance covered in the nth
second to distance covered in n seconds is :
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1
(A) 2 – (B) 2 + (C) – 2 (D) + 2
n n n n n n n n

DPPS FILE # 13
6. An ant is at a corner of a cubical room of side ' a '. The ant can move with a constant speed u. The
minimum time taken to reach the farthest corner of the cube is:

(A)
3a
(B)
3a
(C)
5a
(D)
 2  1a
u u u u

7. A person starts from origin and for his linear motion velocity is given as shown in figure. Draw displacement
and acceleration graph with respect to time. Also find maximum displacement of the person.

8. Are the following velocity–time graph and speed–time graphs possible ?

(i) (ii) (iii)

DPPS FILE # 14
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 13 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topic : Rectilinear Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A lift starts from rest. Its acceleration is plotted against time in the following graph. When it comes to
rest its height above its starting point is:

(A) 20 m (B) 64 m (C) 32 m (D) 128 m

2. A particle moves through the origin of an xy-cordinate system at t = 0 with initial velocity u = 4i - 5 j m/s. The
particle moves in the xy plane with an acceleration a = 2i m/s2. Speed of the particle at t = 4 second is :
(A) 12 m/s (B) 8 2 m/s (C) 5 m/s (D) 13 m/s

3. The instantaneous velocity of a particle is equal to time derivative of its position vector and the
instantaneous acceleration is equal to time derivative of its velocity vector. Therefore:
(A) the instantaneous velocity depends on the instantaneous position vector
(B) instantaneous acceleration is independent of instantaneous position vector and
instantaneous velocity
(C) instantaneous acceleration is independent of instantaneous position vector but depends on the
instantaneous velocity
(D) instantaneous acceleration depends both on the instantaneous position v ector and the
instantaneous velocity.

4. The velocity of a car moving on a straight road increases linearly according to equation,
v = a + b x, where a & b are positive constants. The acceleration in the course of such motion: (x is the
displacement)
(A) increases (B) decreases (C) stay constant (D) becomes zero

5. A point moves in a straight line under the retardation a v 2 , where ‘a’ is a positive constant and v is
speed. If the initial velocity is u , the distance covered in ' t ' seconds is :
1 1
(A) a u t (B) ln (a u t) (C) ln (1 + a u t) (D) a ln (a u t)
a a
COMPREHENSION
The velocity 'v' of a particle moving along straight line is given in terms of time t as v = 3(t2 – t) where t is in
seconds and v is in m/s.
6. The distance travelled by particle from t = 0 to t = 2 seconds is :
(A) 2 m (B) 3 m (C) 4 m (D) 6 m

7. The displacement of particle from t = 0 to t = 2 seconds is


(A) 1 m (B) 2 m (C) 3 m (D) 4 m

8. The speed is minimum after t = 0 second at instant of time


(A) 0.5 sec (B) 1 sec. (C) 2 sec. (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 15
PHYSICS Total Marks : 34
DPP No. 14 Max. Time : 35 min.

Topic : Rectilinear Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q9 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.10 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]


1. A particle of mass 2 kg moves in the xy plane under the action of a constant force F where

F  î  ĵ . Initially the velocity of the particle is 2 î . The velocity of the particle at time t is

1 1 1 1 1
(A) (t + 4) î – t ĵ (B) t ( î – ĵ ) (C) t ( î – ĵ ) (D) t î + (t + 4) ĵ
2 2 2 2 2

2. A point moves rectilinearly. Its position x at time t is given by , x 2 = t 2 + 1. Its acceleration at time t is:
1 1 1 t
(A) 3 (B)  (C)  (D) none of these
x x x2 x2

3. A man moves on his motorbike with speed 54 km/h and then takes a U turn (180°) and continues to move
with same speed. The time of U turn is 10 s. Find the magnitude of average acceleration during U turn .
(A) 0 (B) 3 ms–2 (C) 1.5 2 ms–2 (D) none of these

4. Distance between a frog and an insect on a horizontal plane is 10 m. Frog can jump with a maximum speed
of 10 m/s. g =10 m/s2. Minimum number of jumps required by the frog to catch the insect is :

(A) 5 (B) 10 (C) 100 (D) 50

5. A clock has a minute-hand 10 cm long. Find the average velocity between 6.00 AM to 6.30 AM for the tip of
minute-hand.
22 2 12 2
(A) cm min–1 (B) cm min–1 (C) cm min–1 (D) cm min–1
21 21 21 3

6. A stone is dropped from the top of a tower. When it has fallen by 5m from the top, another stone is dropped
from a point 25m below the top. If both stones reach the ground at the same moment, then height of the tower
from ground is : (take g = 10m/s2)
(A) 45 m (B) 50m (C) 60m (D) 65m

7. Angle made by vector 3 î  2 ĵ  2k̂ with –ve y-axis is :

 
1 2 

1 2   
1 2 

1 2 
(A) cos  3  (B) cos   3  (C)   cos  3  (D)   cos   3 
       

DPPS FILE # 16
8. A particle is dropped from a finite height H above the ground level under gravity. Due to air resistance
acceleration of particle become a = g – kv in the direction of velocity. Where k = positive constant & v = speed
of particle. Then which of the following graph(s) is/are possible (t0 = time when particle touches the ground):

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

9. A particle moves with an initial velocity v0 along straight line and retardation v, where v is its velocity
at any time t ( is a positive constant).
(A) the particle will cover a total distance of v0/
(B) the particle will continue to move for a very long time
(C) the particle will stop shortly
(D) the velocity of particle will become v0/2 after time 1/.

10. A particle moving along a straight line with a constant acceleration of – 4 m/s2 passes through a point A on
the line with a velocity of + 8 m/s at some moment. Find the distance travelled by the particle in 5 seconds
after that moment.

DPPS FILE # 17
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 15 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topic : Projectile Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]

1. A particle travels according to the equation x = at 3, y = bt 3. The equation of the trajectory is


ax 2 bx 2 bx bx 3
(A) y  (B) y  (C) y  (D) y 
b a a a

2. Speed at the maximum height of a projectile is half of its initial speed u. Its range on the horizontal
plane is:
2u 2 3 u2 u2 u2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3g 2g 3g 2g

3. A cricket ball is hit for a six leaving the bat at an angle of 45º to the horizontal with kinetic energy k. At
the top of trajectory the kinetic energy of the ball is :
k k
(A) zero (B) k (C) (D)
2 2

4. A particle is projected from a horizontal floor with speed 10 m/s at an angle 30º with the floor and striking the
floor after sometime. State which is correct.
(A) Velocity of particle will be perpendicular to initial direction two seconds after projection.
(B) Minimum speed of particle will be 5 m/sec.
(C) Displacement of particle after half second will be 35/4 m.
(D) Noneofthese

5. A body is projected with a speed u at an angle to the horizontal to have maximum range. At the highest
point the speed is :
u
(A) zero (B) u 2 (C) u (D)
2

6. Ratio of the ranges of the bullets fired from a gun (of constant muzzle speed) at angle , 2 & 4 is found in
the ratio x : 2 : 2, then the value of x will be (Assume same muzzle speed of bullets)

(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) none of these

7. A particle is projected with a speed 10 2 m/s making an angle 45º with the horizontal. Neglect the
effect of air friction. Then after 1 second of projection. Take g=10 m/s2
(A) the height of the particle above the point of projection is 5 m.
(B) the height of the particle above the point of projection is 10 m.
(C) the horizontal distance of the particle from the point of projection is 5 m.
(D) the horizontal distance of the particle from the point of projection is 15 m.

 
8. A particle has initial velocity, v = 3 î  4 ĵ and a constant force F = 4î 3 ĵ acts on the particle. The path of the
particle is :
(A) straight line (B) parabolic (C) circular (D) elliptical

DPPS FILE # 18
PHYSICS Total Marks : 34
DPP No. 16 Max. Time : 38 min.

Topics : Projectile Motion, Rectilinear Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.10 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]
1. For ground to ground projectile motion equation of path is y = 12 x – 3/4 x2. Given that g = 10 ms–2. What is
the range of the projectile?
(A) 36m (B) 30.6 m (C) 16 m (D) 12.4 m

2. The vertical height of the projectile at time t is given by y = 4t – t 2 and the horizontal distance covered
is given by x = 3t. What is the angle of projection with the horizontal?
(A) tan–1 3/5 (B) tan–1 4/5 (C) tan–1 4/3 (D) tan–1 3/4

3. A particle A is projected with speed VA from a point making an angle 60º with the horizontal. At the same instant,
second particle B (lie in the same horizontal plane) is thrown vertically upwards from a point directly below the
maximum height point of parabolic path of A , with velocity VB. If the two particles collide then the ratio of VA/VB
should be ;
(A) 1 (B) 2 / 3 (C) 3 /2 (D) 3

4. A car accelerates from rest at a constant rate  for some time after which it decelerates at a constant
rate  to come to rest. If total time taken by car is t, then maximum velocity V will be :

  2   2    
(A) V  t (B) V  t   (C) V  t   (D) V  t  
       

5. A lift is moving in upward direction with speed 20 m/s and having acceleration 5 m/s 2 in downward
direction. A bolt drops from the ceiling of lift at that moment. Just after the drop, the :
(A) velocity of bolt with respect to ground is zero
(B) velocity of bolt with respect to ground is 20 m/s in upward direction
(C) acceleration of bolt with respect to ground is 5 m/s2
(D) none of these

6. A balloon is moving with constant upward acceleration of 1 m/s2. A stone is thrown from the balloon downwards
with speed 10 m/s with respect to the balloon. At the time of projection balloon is at height 120 m from the
ground and is moving with speed 20 m/s upward. The time required to fall on the ground by the stone after the
projection will be-

(A) 4 sec. (B) 5 sec.


(C) 6 sec. (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 19
7. A particle is projected under gravity at an angle of projection 45° with horizontal. Its horizontal range is 36 m.
Find maximum Height attained by particle.

8. A bullet is fired with speed 50 m/s at 45° angle with horizontal. Find the height of the bullet when its direction
of motion makes angle 30° with the horizontal.

9. In the column-, the path of a projectile (initial velocity 10 m/s and angle of projection with horizontal 60° in all
cases) is shown in different cases. Rangle 'R' is to be matched in each case from column-. Take g = 10 m/
s2. Arrow on the trajectory indicates the direction of motion of projectile.

Column-I Column-II

15 3
(A) (p) R = m
2

40
(B) (q) R = m
3

(C) (r) R = 5 3 m

20
(D) (s) R = m
3

DPPS FILE # 20
PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 17 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topics : Projectile Motion, Rectilinear Motion, Mathematical Tools

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]

1. A stone projected at angle ‘’ with horizontal from the roof of a tall building falls on the ground after three
second. Two second after the projection it was again at the level of projection. Then the height of the building
is -
(A) 5 m (B) 25 m (C) 20 m (D) 15 m

2. The maximum height attained by a projectile thrown over a horizontal ground is increased by 5%, keeping
the angle of projection constant. What is the percentage increase in the horizontal range?

(A) 20% (B) 15% (C) 10% (D) 5%

3. A stone is projected from point A with speed u making an angle 60° with horizontal as shown. The fixed
inclined surface makes an angle 30° with horizontal. The stone lands at B after time t. Then the
distance AB is equal to .

ut 3ut
(A) (B) (C) 3ut (D) 2 ut
3 2

4. The velocity of a particle moving on the x-axis is given by v = x2 + x (for x > 0) where v is in m/s and x is in
m. Find its acceleration in m/s2 when passing through the point x = 2m
(A) 0 (B) 5 (C) 11 (D) 30

5. A particle is moving in a circle of radius r with constant speed v as shown in the figure. The magnitude
of change in velocity in moving from P to Q is :

(A) 2 v cos 40º (B) 2 v sin 20º


(C) 2 v cos 20º (D) none of these

DPPS FILE # 21
6. Initially car A is 10.5 m ahead of car B. Both start moving at time t = 0 in the same direction along a straight
line. The velocity time graph of two cars is shown in figure. The time when the car B will catch the car A, will
be

(A) t = 21 sec (B) t = 2 5 sec


(C) 20 sec. (D) None of these

7. Two particles, one with constant velocity 50m/s and the other start from rest with uniform
acceleration 10m/s 2, start moving simultaneously from the same position in the same direction.
They will be at a distance of 125m from each other after
(A) 5 sec. (B) 5(1 +  2) sec.
(C) 10sec. (D) 10( 2 + 1)sec.

COMPREHENSION

A bus is moving rightward with a velocity of 15 m/sec and on the bus a monkey is running oppositely
with a velocity of 5 m/sec (with respect to the bus). Nearby a helicopter is rising vertically up with a
velocity of 10 m/sec.

10m/s

5m/s

15m/s

8. Find out the direction of the helicopter as seen by the monkey.

9. Find out the direction of the bus as seen by the helicopter's pilot.

DPPS FILE # 22
PHYSICS Total Marks : 32
DPP No. 18 Max. Time : 35 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Rectilinear Motion, Projectile Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Person A observes B moving in east direction with speed 10 m/s, B observes C moving in south direction with
speed 20 m/s, C observes D moving in west direction with speed 30 m/s & D observes a tree moving with
speed 40 m/s in north direction. Then the actual direction of motion of person ‘A’ (with respect to ground) will
be -
(A) north - west (B) north - east (C) south - east (D) none of these

2. A boat has a velocity 4 m/s towards east with respect to river and river is flowing towards north with velocity 2 m/
s. Wind is blowing towards north with velocity 6 m/s. The direction of the flag blown over by the wind hoisted on
the boat is:
1
(A) north-west (B) south-east (C) tan1 with east (D) north
2
3. For a particle undergoing rectilinear motion with uniform acceleration, the magnitude of displacement is one
third the distance covered in some time interval. The magnitude of final velocity is less than magnitude of
initial velocity for this time interval. Then the ratio of initial speed to the final speed for this time interval is :
(A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 3

4. A man is sitting inside a moving train and observes the stationary objects outside of the train. Then choose
the single correct choice from the following statements -
(A) all stationary objects outside the train will move with same velocity in opposite direction of the train with
respect to the man.
(B) stationary objects near the train will move with greater velocity & object far from train will move with lesser
velocity with respect to the man.
(C) large objects like moon or mountains will move with same velocity as that of the train.
(D) all of these.


5. A particle is projected in such a way that it follows a curved path with constant acceleration a . For finite
interval of motion. Which of the following option(s) may be correct :
  
u = initial velocity a = acceleration of particle v = velocity at t > 0
      
(A) | a  u | 0 (B) | a  v | 0 (C) | u  v | 0 (D) u.v  0

6. A particle is projected vertically upwards in vacuum with a speed u.


(A) When it rises to half its maximum height, its speed becomes u/2.
(B) When it rises to half its maximum height, its speed becomes u / 2 .
(C) The time taken to rise to half its maximum height is half the time taken to reach its maximum
height.
(D) The time taken to rise to three-fourth of its maximum height is half the time taken to reach its maximum
height.

DPPS FILE # 23
7. When two bodies move uniformly towards each other, the distance between them diminishes by 16 m
in every 10 s. If bodies move with velocities of the same magnitude (as before )and in the same
direction then distance between them will decrease 3 m every 5 s. Calculate the velocity of each body.

8. Two particles A and B moving in x-y plane are at origin at t = 0 sec. The initial velocity vectors of A and
  
B are u A = 8 î m/s and uB = 8 ĵ m/s. The acceleration of A and B are constant and are a A = –2 î m/s2

and a B = – 2 ĵ m/s2. Column  gives certain statements regarding particle A and B. Column  gives
corresponding results. Match the statements in column  with corresponding results in Column .

Column I Column II

(A) The time (in seconds) at which velocity (p) 16 2


of A relative to B is zero

(B) The distance (in metres) between A and B (q) 8 2


when their relative velocity is zero.

(C) The time (in seconds) after t = 0 sec, (r) 8


at which A and B are at same position

(D) The magnitude of relative velocity of A and B (s) 4

DPPS FILE # 24
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 19 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Rectilinear Motion, Projectile Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. For a given acceleration - time graph , there exist _______ velocity - time graph.
(A) 1 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) many
2. For which of the following graphs the average velocity of a particle moving along a straight line for time interval
(0, t) must be negative -

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3. Variation of displacement x of a particle moving on a straight line


with time t is shown in following figure. The figure indicates :
(A) the particle starts with a certain speed but the motion is retarded
(B) the velocity of particle is constant throughout motion
(C) the acceleration of the particle is constant throughout motion
(D) the particle starts with certain speed and moves with increasing speed .

4. A particle is projected at angle 60º with speed 10 3 m/s from the


point ' A ' as shown in the figure. At the same time the wedge is made to
move with speed 10 3 m/s towards right. Then the time after which
particle will strike with
wedge is (g = 10 m/sec 2) :
4
(A) 2 sec (B) 2 3 sec (C) sec (D) none of these
3
5. Two cars A and B are racing along straight line. Car A is leading, such that their relative velocity is directly
proportional to the distance between the two cars. When the lead of car A is 1 = 10 m, its running 10 m/s
faster than car B. Determine the time car A will take to increase its lead to 2 = 20 m from car B.
COMPREHENSION
A particle which is initially at rest at the origin, is subjected to an acceleration with x- and y-components
as shown. After time t = 5 , the particle has no acceleration.

6. What is the magnitude of velocity of the particle at t = 2 seconds ?


(A) 10 5 m/s (B) 5 10 m/s (C) 5 5 m/s (D) None of these
7. What is the magnitude of average velocity of the particle between t = 0 and t = 4 seconds?
5 5
(A) 13 m/s (B) 17 m/s (C) 30 m/s (D) None of these
2 2
8. When is the particle at its farthest distance from the y-axis?
(A) 3 sec. (B) 2 sec. (C) 4 sec. (D) 1 sec.

DPPS FILE # 25
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 20 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topics : Rectilinear Motion, Relative Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Mark the correct statement(s).


(A) if speed of a body is varying, its velocity must be varying and it must have zero acceleration
(B) if velocity of a body is varying, its speed must be varying
(C) a body moving with varying velocity may have constant speed
(D) a body moving with varying speed may have constant velocity if its direction of motion remains constant.

2. At a harbour, a boat is standing and wind is blowing at a speed of 2 m/sec. due to which, the flag on the
boat flutters along north–east. Now the boat enters in to river, which is flowing with a velocity of 2 m/sec. due
north. The boat starts with zero velocity relative to the river and its constant acceleration relative to the river
is 0.2 m/sec2 due east. In which direction will the flag flutter at 10 seconds ?
(A) south-east (B) south–west (C) 30º south of west (D) west

3. A point moves in a straight line under the retardation a v 2 , where ‘a’ is a positive constant and v is
speed. If the initial speed is u , the distance covered in ' t ' seconds is :
1 1
(A) a u t (B) ln(a u t) (C) ln (1 + a u t) (D) a ln (a u t)
a a
4. The velocity of a car moving on a straight road increases linearly according to equation, v = a + b x,
where a & b are positive constants. The acceleration in the course of such motion: (x is the distance
travelled)
(A) increases (B) decreases (C) stay constant (D) becomes zero

5. Which one of the following cannot be explained on the basis of Newton's third law of motion?
(A) rowing of boat in a pond (B) motion of jet in the sky
(C) rebounding of a ball from a wall (D) returning back of body thrown above

6. At a particular instant velocity and acceleration of a particle are (  î  ĵ  2k̂ )m/s and ( 3 î  ĵ  k̂ )m/s2
respectively at the given instant particle's speed is :
(A) increasing (B) decreasing (C) constant (D) can't be say

7. In the figure the top view of a compartment of a train is shown. A man is sitting at a corner ‘B’ of the
compartment. The man throws a ball (with respect to himself) along the surface of the floor towards the
corner ‘D’ of the compartment of the train. The ball hits the corner ‘A’ of the compartment, then find the time
at which it hits A after the ball is thrown. Assume no other collision during motion and floor is smooth. The
length of the compartment is given as ‘’ and the train is moving with constant acceleration ‘a’ in the direction
shown in the figure.

8. A balloon is ascending vertically with an acceleration of 0.4 m/s 2. Two stones are dropped from it at an
interval of 2 sec. Find the distance between them 1.5 sec. after the second stone is released.
(g = 10 m/sec2)

DPPS FILE # 26
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 21 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Projectile Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [24, 24]

1. Two points P and Q move in same plane such that the relative acceleration of P with respect to Q is zero.
They are moving such that the distance between them is decreasing. Pick the correct statement for P and Q
to collide
(A) The line joining P and Q should not rotate.
(B) The line joining P and Q should rotate with constant angular speed
(C) The line joining P and Q should rotate with variable angular speed
(D) All the above statement are correct

2. A stone projected at an angle of 60º from the ground level strikes at an angle of 30º on the roof of a building
of height ‘h’. Then the speed of projection of the stone is :

(A) 2gh (B) 6gh (C) 3gh (D) gh

3. A man is on ship which is moving in east direction with speed 60 km/hr. Waves of ocean is taking ship
towards west with speed 20 km/hr. Man start running on ship with flag in his hand in north direction with
speed 30 km/hr and wind is blowing with 50 km/hr, 37º towards south of west then find the direction of flutter
the flag as seen by man on ground.
(A) 37º south of west (B) 53º south of west
(C) 37º west of north (D) flag will not flutter

4. (i) (ii)

(iii) (iv)

(v)

In all the given cases blocks are in contact and the forces are applied as shown. All the surfaces are smooth.
Then in which of the following cases, normal reaction between the two blocks is zero :

(A) (i) , (iv) (B) (ii) , (iii) (C) (iii) (D) (v)

DPPS FILE # 27
5. A body of mass 1 kg lies on smooth inclined plane. A force F = 10N is applied horizontally on the block
as shown. The magnitude of normal reaction by inclined plane on the block is:

10
(A) 10 2 N (B) N (C) 10 N (D) none of these
2

6. A frictionless wire is fixed between A and B inside of a hollow sphere of radius R as shown. A bead slips along
the wire starting from the rest at point A. The time taken by the bead to slip from A to B will be

2 gR 2 gR cos 
(A) 2 R / g (B) gR / g cos  (C) (D)
g cos  g

7. At t = 0, a particle at (1,0,0) moves towards point (4,4,12) with a constant velocity of magnitude 65 m/s. The
position of the particle is measured in metres and time in sec. Assuming constant velocity, the position of the
particle at t = 2 sec is :
(A) (13 î  120 ĵ  40 k̂ ) m (B) (40 î  31 ĵ  120 k̂ ) m

(C) (13 î  40 ĵ  12 k̂ ) m (D) (31 î  40 ĵ  120 k̂ ) m

8. A constant force acts on a mass m at rest. Velocity acquired in travelling a fixed distance is directly
proportional to :
1
(A) m (B) m (C) (D) none
m

DPPS FILE # 28
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 22 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Newton’s Law of Motion, Rectilinear Motion,Projectile Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]

1. A uniform sphere of weight w and radius 3 m is being held by a string of length 2 m. attached to a
frictionless wall as shown in the figure. The tension in the string will be:

(A) 5 w/4 (B) 15 w/4 (C) 15 w/16 (D) none of these

2. Two weights W 1 and W 2 in equillibrium and at rest, are suspended as shown in figure. Then the ratio
W1
is:
W2

(A) 5/4 (B) 4/5 (C) 8/5 (D) none of these

3. If v = x 2  5 x + 4, find the acceleration of the particle when velocity of the particle is zero.
(A) 0 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) none of these

4. Three weights are hanging over a smooth fixed pulley as shown in the figure. What is the tension in the
string connecting weights B and C?

(A) g (B) g/9 (C) 8g/9 (D) 10g/9

DPPS FILE # 29
5. A ball is shot in a long hall having a roof at a height of 10 m with 25 m/s at an angle of 37° with the floor. The
ball lands on the floor at a distance of .............. from the point of projection. (Assume elastic collisions if
any)

10m
37°

(A) 40 m (B) 60 m (C) 45/4 m (D) 20 m

6. Two smooth spheres each of radius 5 cm and weight W is in equilibrium inside a fixed smooth cylinder
of radius 8 cm as shown in the figure. The reactions between the spheres and the vertical side of the
cylinder are:

(A) W/4 & 3W/4 (B) W/4 & W/4


(C) 3W/4 & 3W/4 (D) W & W

7. A cart of mass 0.5 kg is placed on a smooth surface and is connected by a string to a block of mass 0.2 kg.
At the initial moment the cart moves to the left along a horizontal plane at a speed of 7 m/s. (Use g = 9.8 m/
s2)

0.5 kg

0.2 kg

2g
(A) The acceleration of the cart is towards right.
7
(B) The cart comes to momentary rest after 2.5 s.
(C) The distance travelled by the cart in the first 5s is 17.5 m.
(D) The velocity of the cart after 5s will be same as initial velocity.

8. Three blocks are connected by light strings as shown in figure and pulled by a force F = 60 N.
If m A = 10 kg, m B = 20 kg and m C = 30 kg, then :

(A) acceleration of the system is 2 m/s2 (B) T 1 = 10 N


(C) T 2 = 30 N (D) T 1 = 20 N & T 2 = 40 N

DPPS FILE # 30
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 23 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Newton’s Law of Motion, Relative Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
1. A man of mass m stands on a platform of equal mass m and pulls himself by two ropes passing over
pulleys as shown. If he pulls each rope with a force equal to half his weight, his upward acceleration
would be :

(A) g/2 (B) g/4


(C) g (D) zero

2. Two blocks of masses m 1 and m 2 are connected as shown in the figure. The acceleration of the block
m 2 is (pullyes and strings are ideal) :

m2 g m1g
(A) m m (B) m m
1 2 1 2

4m 2 gm1 g m2 g
(C) m1 m 2
(D) m 4m
1 2

3. In the system shown in figure assume that cylinder remains in contact with the two wedges. The
velocity of cylinder is -

u 13 u
(A) 19  4 3 m/s (B) m/s
2 2

(C) 3 u m/s (D) 7 u m/s

DPPS FILE # 31
4. A system is as shown in the figure. All speeds shown are with respect to ground. Then the speed of
Block B with respect to ground is :

(A) 5 m/s (B) 10 m/s (C) 15 m/s (D) 7.5 m/s

5. A wedge of height 'h' is released from rest with a light particle P placed
on it as shown. The wedge slides down an incline which makes an
angle  with the horizontal. All the surfaces are smooth, P will reach
the surface of the incline in time:

2h 2h 2h 2h
(A) (B) (C) (D)
gsin 2  g sin  cos g tan g cos 2 

6. A block of weight 9.8N is placed on a table. The table surface exerts an upward force of 10 N on the
block. Assume g = 9.8 m/s2.

(A) The block exerts a force of 10N on the table


(B) The block exerts a force of 19.8N on the table
(C) The block exerts a force of 9.8N on the table
(D) The block has an upward acceleration.

7. A block of mass M1 = 3 kg on a smooth fixed inclined plane of angle 300 is connected by a cord over a
small frictionless pulley to a second block of mass 2 kg hanging vertically. The tension in the cord and
the acceleration of each block are _______ and _______ respectively.

8. In which of the following cases the magnitude of acceleration of the block A will be maximum (Neglect
friction, mass of pulley and string)

(i) (ii)
m A 2m m A 2mg

m
smooth A m A

(iii) (iv)
2mg B 2m

DPPS FILE # 32
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 24 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Newtons’s Law of Motion, Projectile Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
True or False (no negative marking) Q.7 (2 marks, 2 min.) [2, 2]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. System is shown in the figure. Velocity of sphere A is 9 m/s. Then speed of sphere B will be:

5
(A) 9 m/s (B) 12 m/s (C) 9  m/s (D) none of these
4
2. A boy and a block, both of same mass, are suspended at the same horizontal level, from each end of a light
string that moves over a frictionless pulley as shown. The boy starts moving upwards with an acceleration
2.5 m/s2 relative to the rope. If the block is to travel a total distance 10 m before reaching at the pulley, the
time taken by the block in doing so is equal to :

10
(A) 8 s (B) 4s (C) s (D) 8s
2

3. In the figure shown neglecting friction and mass of pulleys, what is the acceleration of mass B ?

g 5g
(A) (B)
3 2
2g
(C) g (D)
5

DPPS FILE # 33
4. A wire is bent in a parabolic shape followed by equation x = 4y2. Consider origin as vertex of parabola. A wire
parallel to y axis moves with constant speed 4 m/s along x-axis in the plane of bent wire. Then the acceleration
of touching point of straight wire and parabolic wire is (when straight wire has x coordinate = 4 m) :

1 1
(A) (B) – ĵ (C) 2 ĵ (D) 4 î
2 î 4
5. Blocks of mass M1 and M2 are connected by a cord which passes over the pulleys P1 and P2 as shown
in the figure. If there is no friction, the acceleration of the block of mass M 2 will be:

M2 g 2M2 g 2M1g 2M1g


(A) (B) (C) (M  4M ) (D)
(4M1M2 ) (4M1M2 ) 1 2 (M1M2 )

6. In the figure, at the free end of the light string, a force F is applied to keep
the suspended mass of 18 kg at rest. Then the force exerted by the ceiling
on the system (assume that the string segments are vertical and the pulleys
are light and smooth) is: (g= 10m/s2)

(A) 60 N (B) 120 N


(C) 180 N (D) 240 N
(E) 200 N

7. True/False
(i) Two particles are in projectile motion. The path of one particle as seen by another particle will be a
straight line.
(ii) In order to cross a river of uniform width (flow is also uniform) in shortest time, swimmer must swim
in perpendicular direction of river flow.

8. A lift is moving upwards with an acceleration of 2 m/sec2. Inside the lift a 4 kg block is kept on the floor.
On the top of it, 3 kg block is placed and again a 2 kg block is kept on the 3 kg block. Calculate:

(i) contact force between 2 kg block and the 3 kg block.


(ii) contact force between 4 kg block and floor of the lift.
Draw the free body diagrams properly & take g = 10 m/sec 2.

DPPS FILE # 34
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 25 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topic : Newtons’s Law of Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ e!ach of mass ‘m’ are placed on a smooth horizontal surface. Two horizontal
force F and 2F are applied on the two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively as shown in figure. The block A
does not slide on block B. Then the normal reaction acting between the two blocks is : (A and B are
smooth)

(A) F (B) F/2


F
(C) (D) 3F
3

2. In the figure shown, a person wants to raise a block lying on the ground to a height h. In both the cases
if time required is same then in which case he has to exert more force. Assume pulleys and strings
light.

(A) (i) (B) (ii)


(C) same in both (D) Cannot be determined
3. In the pulley system shown in figure, block C is going up at 2 m/s and block B is going up at 4 m/s,
then the velocity of block A on the string shown in figure, is equal to :

(A) 2 m/s  (B) 4 m/s 


(C) 6 m/s  (D) 8 m/s 

DPPS FILE # 35
4. Two blocks A and B of masses m & 2m respectively are held at rest such that the spring is in natural length.
Find out the accelerations of blocks A and B respectively just after release (pulley, string and spring are
massless).

g g
(A) g , g  (B)  
3 3
(C) 0, 0 (D) g  0

5. Two cubes of masses m1 and m2 lie on two frictionless slopes of block A which rests on two frictionless
slopes of block A which rests on a horizontal table. The cubes are connected by a string which passes over
a pulley as shown in figure. To what horizontal acceleration f the whole system, (i.e. block and cubes) be
subjected, so that the cubes do not slide down the planes ? What is the tension in the string in this situation ?
R2
m2
f
T

T
A m2g R1
f f m1


m1g

COMPREHENSION

For the following system shown assume that pulley is frictionless, string is massless (m remains on M) :

6. The acceleration of the block A is :


mg 2mg mg Mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2M  m 2M  m M  2m M  2m

7. Normal reaction on m is (force on C due to B).


M mg 2Mmg M mg 2M mg
(A) 2M  m (B) 2M  m (C) (D)
M  2m M m

8. The force on the ceiling is


(M  m) mg (6M  5m) mg (M  m) mg (6M  5m) Mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2M  m Mm Mm 2M  m

DPPS FILE # 36
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 26 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Newtons’s Law of Motion, Relative Motion, Projectile Motion, Rectilinear Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two men of masses m and m/2 starts climbing up on two massless strings fixed at the ceiling with
acceleration g and g/2 respectively. The ratio of tensions in the two strings will be :
(A) 2 : 1 (B) 4 : 1
(C) 4 : 3 (D) 8 : 3

2. Two particles at a distance 5m apart, are thrown towards each other on an inclined smooth plane with
equal speeds ‘v’ . It is known that both particle move along the same straight line. Find the value of v if
they collide at the point from where the lower particle is thrown. Inclined plane is inclined at an angle of
300 with the horizontal. [take g = 10m/s2 ]
(A) 2.5 m/sec (B) 5 m/sec
(C) 7.5 m/sec (D) 10 m/sec

3. A particle is projected from a point (0, 1) on Y-axis (assume + Y direction vertically upwards) aiming towards
a point (4, 9). It fell on ground along x axis in 1 sec. Taking g = 10 m/s2 and all coordinate in metres. Find the
X-coordinate where it fell.
(A) (3, 0) (B) (4, 0) (C) (2, 0) (D) ( 2 5 , 0)

4. System shown in figure is in equilibrium. The magnitude of change in tension in the string just before
and just after, when one of the spring is cut. Mass of both the blocks is same and equal to m and spring
constant of both springs is k. (Neglect any effect of rotation)

mg mg
(A) (B)
2 4

3m g 3m g
(C) (D)
4 2

DPPS FILE # 37
5. A cylinder rests in a supporting carriage as shown. The side AB of carriage makes an angle 30o with the
horizontal and side BC is vertical. The carriage lies on a fixed horizontal surface and is being pulled towards
left with an horizontal acceleration 'a'. The magnitude of normal reactions exerted by sides AB and BC of
carriage on the cylinder be NAB and NBC respectively. Neglect friction everywhere. Then as the magnitude of
acceleration 'a ' of the carriage is increased, pick up the correct statement:

(A) NAB increases and NBC decreases. (B) Both NAB and NBC increase.
(C) NAB remains constant and NBC increases. (D) NAB increases and NBC remains constant.

6. A particle is moving in a straight line as :


a = 1 m/s2 0 < t < 10
a = 2t t > 10
where t is the time and a is the acceleration. If initial velocity of the particle is zero then :
(A) velocity of the particle at t = 20 sec is 310 m/s
(B) displacement of the particle in t = 20 s is 1483.33 m.
(C) acceleration the particle at t = 15 s is 32 m/s2.
(D) v-t graph is
v
(m/s)

10m/s

t (s)
t=10

7. A force F is applied on block A of mass M so that the tension in light string also becomes F when block B of
mass m acquires an equilibrium state with respect to block A. Find the force F. Give your answer in terms of
m, M and g.

8. During a rainy day, rain is falling vertically with a velocity 2m/s. A boy at rest starts his motion with a constant
acceleration of 2m/s2 along a straight road. Find the rate at which the angle of the axis of umbrella with
vertical should be changed so that the rain always falls parallel to the axis of the umbrella.

DPPS FILE # 38
PHYSICS Total Marks : 14
DPP No. 27 Max. Time : 15 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Newtons’s Law of Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A stone is projected horizontally with speed v from a height h above ground. A horizontal wind is
blowing in direction opposite to velocity of projection and gives the stone a constant horizontal
acceleration f (in direction opposite to initial velocity). As a result the stone falls on ground at a point
vertically below the point of projection. Then the value of height h in terms of f, g, v is (g is acceleration
due to gravity)
gv 2 gv 2 2gv 2 2 gv 2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2f 2 f2 f2 f2
2. Two blocks of masses m1 = 2kg and m 2 = 5kg hang over a massless
pulley as shown in the figure. A force F 0 = 100 N acting at the axis of the
pulley accelerates the system upwards. Then : (Take g = 9.8 m/s2)
(A) Acceleration of 2 kg mass is 15.2 m/sec 2
(B) Acceleration of 5kg mass is 0.2 m/sec 2
(C) Acceleration of both the masses is same
(D) Acceleration of both the masses is upward

3. A 1 kg block ‘B’ rests as shown on a bracket ‘A’ of same mass. Constant


forces F 1 = 20 N and F 2 = 8 N start to act at time t = 0 when the
distance of block B from pulley is 50 cm.Time when block B reaches
the pulley is _______. (Assume that friction is absent every where.
Pulley and string are light.

COMPREHENSION
Two smooth blocks are placed at a smooth corner as shown. Both the blocks
are having mass m. We apply a force F on the small block m. Block A
presses the block B in the normal direction, due to which pressing force on
vertical wall will increase, and pressing force on the horizontal wall decrease,
as we increase F. ( = 37° with horizontal). As soon as the pressing force on
the horizontal wall by block B becomes zero, it will loose the contact with
the ground. If the value of F is further increased, the block B will accelerate
in upward direction and simultaneously the block A will move toward right.

4. What is minimum value of F, to lift block B from ground :


25 5 3 4
(A) mg (B) mg (C) mg (D) mg
12 4 4 3

5. If both the blocks are stationary, the force exerted by ground on block A is :
3F 3F 4F 4F
(A) mg + (B) mg – (C) mg + (D) mg –
4 4 3 3

6. If acceleration of block A is a rightward, then acceleration of block B will be :


3a 4a 3a 4a
(A) upwards (B) upwards (C) upwards (D) upwards
4 3 5 5

DPPS FILE # 39
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 28 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Newtons’s Law of Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. Two stones A and B are projected from an inclined plane such that A has range up the incline and B
has range down the incline. For range of both stones on the incline to be equal in magnitude, pick up
the correct condition. (Neglect air friction)

(A) Component of initial velocity of both stones along the incline should be equal and also component
of initial velocity of both stones perpendicular to the incline should be equal.
(B) Horizontal component of initial velocity of both stones should be equal and also vertical component
of initial velocity of both stones should be equal.
(C) Component of initial velocity of both stones perpendicular to the incline should be equal and also
horizontal component of initial velocity of both stones should be equal in magnitude.
(D) None of these.

2. A man is moving downward on an inclined plane ( = 37º) with velocity v 0 and rain drops appear to him
moving in horizontal direction with velocity 2v 0 towards him. If man increases his velocity to 2v 0 him
velocity of rain drops as observed by man is :

41
(A) v0 (B) 39 v 0
5
(C) 7 v 0 (D) 6 v 0

3. System is shown in the figure. Velocity of sphere A is 9 m/s. Then speed of sphere B will be:

(A) 9 m/s (B) 12 m/s


5
(C) 9  m/s (D) none of these
4

DPPS FILE # 40
4. Objects A and B each of mass m are connected by light inextensible cord. They are constrained to
move on a frictionless ring in a vertical plane as shown in figure. The objects are released from rest at
the positions shown. The tension in the cord just after release will be

mg mg mg
(A) mg 2 (B) (C) (D)
2 2 4
5. In the figure shown all the surface are smooth. All the blocks A, B and C are movable X-axis is horizontal and
y-axis vertical as shown. Just after the system is relased from the position as shown.

y
A

B x
C


Horizontal Surface

(A) Acceleration of 'A' relative to ground is in negative y-direction


(B) Acceleration of 'A' relative to B is in positive x-direction
(C) The horizontal acceleration of 'B' relative to ground is in negative x-direction.
(D) The acceleration of 'B' relative to ground directed along the inclined surface of 'C' is greater than g sin .

6. A block B of mass 0.6 kg slides down the smooth face PR of a wedge


A of mass 1.7 kg which can move freely on a smooth horizontal surface.
The inclination of the face PR to the horizontal is 45º. Then :
(A) the acceleration of A is 3 g/20
(B) the vertical component of the acceleration of B is 23 g/40
(C) the horizontal component of the acceleration of B is 17 g/40
(D) none of these

7. Find the tension in the string and the extension in the spring at equilibrium. Where pulley, strings and springs
are ideal.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(e)

DPPS FILE # 41
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 29 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topics : Friction, Newtons’s Law of Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A particle of mass 5 kg is moving on rough fixed inclined plane with constant velocity of 5 m/s as shown
in the figure. Find the friction force acting on a body by plane.

(A) 25 N (B) 20 N
(C) 30 N (D) none of these

2. A block of mass 4 kg is kept on ground. The co-efficient of friction between the block and the ground is
0.80. An external force of magnitude 30 N is applied parallel to the ground. The resultant force exerted
by the ground on the block is:
(A) 40 N (B) 30 N (C) 0 N (D) 50 N

3. If the coefficient of friction between A and B is , the maximum horizontal acceleration of the wedge A
for which B will remain at rest w.r.t the wedge is :

 1  
(A) g (B) g  
 1  

g  1  
(C) (D) g  
  1  

4. In the figure shown, a person pulls a light string with a constant speed u = 10 m/s. The other end of the
string is tied to a very small block which moves on a smooth horizontal surface. Find the angle ‘’
when the block 3leaves the surface. Take g = 10 m/s2.

DPPS FILE # 42
5. Answer the following briefly. (Answer should not be of more than one or two line)
(i) Can friction coefficient be greater than unity?
(ii) Why is friction force Nonconservative force?
(iii) Can friction do positive work?
(iv) Is earth an inertial frame?
(v) Greater force is required to make the body move than to keep it moving, hence we
can say that static friction is always greater than kinetic friction. Comment on it.
(vi) Lesser force is required to pull a lawn mower than to push it. Why?

COMPREHENSION
A meter stick AB of length 1 meter rests on a frictionless floor in horizontal position with end A attached to the
string as shown. Assume that string connecting meter stick with pulley always remains vertical.

6. If blocks 1 and 2 are given constant speeds as shown then the distance moved by end B over the floor in the
period for which speed of B is less than A.

 2  1  2  1 1 1
   
(A)   m (B)   m (C) m (D) m
 2   2  2 2

7. Time taken to cover the distance in above part is :

 2  1  2  1 1 1
   
(A)   sec (B)   sec (C) sec (D) sec
 4 2   4 2  4 2 8

8. Minimum magnitude of relative velocity of A with respect to B during the motion specified in question 5 is :
(A) 2 m/s (B) 4 m/s (C) 6 m/s (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 43
PHYSICS Total Marks : 21
DPP No. 30 Max. Time : 21 min.

Topic : Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A force F = 2t (where t is time in seconds) is applied at t = 0 sec. to the block of mass m placed on a
rough horizontal surface. The coefficient of static and kinetic friction between the block and surface are
µs and µk respectively. Which of the following graphs best represents the acceleration vs time of the
block. (µs > µK)

(A) (B) (C) (D)

2. A body of mass m is kept on a rough fixed inclined plane of angle of inclination  = 30º. It remains
stationary. Then magnitude of force acting on the body by the inclined plane is equal to:
(A) mg (B) mg sin  (C) mg cos  (D) none of these
3. A body of mass 10 kg lies on a rough inclined plane of inclination  =
3
sin1 with the horizontal. When a force of 30 N is applied on the
5
block parallel to &
upward the plane, the total reaction by the plane on the block is nearly along:

(A) OA (B) OB (C) OC (D) OD


4. A 1 kg block is being pushed against a wall by a force F = 75 N as
shown in the Figure. The coefficient of friction is 0.25. The magnitude
of acceleration of
the block is:
(A) 10 m/s2 (B) 20 m/s2 (C) 5 m/s2 (D) none
COMPREHENSION
Figure shows an arrangement of pulleys and two blocks. All surfaces are
frictionless. All pulleys and strings are massless. All strings are smooth
and massless.

5. The acceleration of block A is :


2g g g
(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
9 9 5
6. Normal reaction between A and ground is :
17mg 16mg
(A) mg (B) (C) (D) None of these
9 9
7. Normal reaction between A and B is :
mg 2mg
(A) mg (B) (C) (D) None of these
9 9
DPPS FILE # 44
PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 31 Max. Time : 22 min.

Topics : Newtons’s Law of Motion, Projectile Motion, Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

1. System is shown in the figure and man is pulling the rope from both
sides with constant speed ' u'. Then the speed of the block will be:
3u 3u
(A) (B)
4 2
u
(C) (D) none of thes
4

2. Hailstones falling vertically with a speed of 10 m/s, hit the wind screen (wind screen makes an angle 30° with
the horizontal) of a moving car and rebound elastically. The velocity of the car if the driver finds the hailstones
rebound vertically after striking is :
10
(A) 10 3 m/s (B) 20 3 m/s (C) 10 m/sec (D) m/sec
3
3. In the shown arrangement if f 1, f 2 and T be the frictional forces on 2 kg block, 3kg block & tension in the
string respectively, then their values are:

(A) 2 N, 6 N, 3.2 N (B) 2 N, 6 N, 0 N

(C) 1 N, 6 N, 2 N (D) data insufficient to calculate the required values.

4. Two blocks A and B are placed in contact on a horizontal surface. Faces of blocks A and B, which are in
contact, are inclined at 30° with the horizontal, as shown. There is no friction between block A and any
1
surface which is in contact with this whereas friction coefficient between block B and the surface is .A
3
force F is applied in horizontal direction on block A. What is the minimum value of F at which the block B
just start moving rightwards?

A B
M = 4 kg M = 4 kg
F

30°

1
µ=
3

40 80
(A) N (B) N
3 3
(C) 100 N (D) For any value of F, motion will not start

DPPS FILE # 45
5. A block of mass 2 kg is given a push for a moment horizontally and then the block starts sliding over a
horizontal plane. The graph shows the velocity-time graph of the motion. The co-efficient of sliding
friction between the plane and the block is:

(A) 0.02 (B) 0.20


(C) 0.04 (D) 0.40

6. A weight W is supported by two strings inclined at 60º and 30º to the vertical. The tensions in the
strings are T 1 & T 2 as shown. If these tensions are to be determined in terms of W using a triangle of
forces, which of these triangles should you draw? (block is in equilibrium)

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

7. An arrangement of the masses and pulleys is shown in the figure. Strings connecting masses A and B
with pulleys are horizontal and all pulleys and strings are light. Friction coefficient between the surface
and the block B is 0.2 and between blocks A and B is 0.7. The system is released from rest.
(use g = 10 m/s2)

6 kg A
3 kg
B
=0.2

6kg Block C 1kg Block D

(A) The magnitude of acceleration of the system is 2 m/s2 and there is no slipping between block A and
block B.
(B) The magnitude of friction force between block A and block B is 42 N.
(C) Acceleration of block C is 1 m/s2 downwards.
(D) Tension in the string connecting block B and block D is 12 N.

DPPS FILE # 46
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 32 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Friction, Newton’s Law of Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

1. The system is pushed by a force F as shown in figure. All surfaces are smooth except between B and
C. Friction coefficient between B and C is . Minimum value of F to prevent block B from downward
slipping is

 3   5 
(A)   mg (B)   mg
 2µ   2µ 

5 3
(C)   µmg (D)   µmg
2 2

2. A system is shown in the figure. Block A is moving with 1 m/s towards left. Wedge is moving with 1 m/
s towards right. Then speed of the block B will be:

(A) 1 m/s (B) 2 m/s

(C) 3 m/s (D) none of these

3. A sphere of radius R is in contact with a wedge. The point of contact is R/5 from the ground as shown
in the figure. Wedge is moving with velocity 20 m/s, then the velocity of the sphere at this instant will
be

(A) 20 m/s (B) 15 m/s

(C) 5 m/s (D) 10 m/s

4. The system starts from rest and A attains a velocity of 5 m/s after it has moved 5 m towards right. Assuming
the arrangement to be frictionless every where and pulley & strings to be light, the value of the constant force
F applied on A is :
(A) 50 N
(B) 75 N
(C) 100 N
(D) 96 N

DPPS FILE # 47
5. A system is shown in the figure. Block A moves with velocity 10 m/s.The speed of the mass B will be:

(A) 10 2 m/s

(B) 5 3 m/s

20
(C) m/s
3
(D) 10 m/s

6. Two wedges, each of mass m, are placed next to each other on a flat horizontal floor. A cube of mass
M is balanced on the wedges as shown in figure. Assume no friction between the cube and the wedges,
but a coefficient of static friction  < 1 between the wedges and the floor. What is the largest M that can
be balanced as shown without motion of the wedges ?

m m m 2m
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 1  1 

7. In the figure shown if friction co-efficient of block 1 and 2 with inclined plane is 1 = 0.5 and 2 = 0.4
respectively, then find out the correct statement.

(A) both block will move together


(B) both block will move separately
(C) there is a non-zero contact force between two blocks
(D) none of these

8. In the figure a truck is moving on a horizontal surface with acceleration a. Two blocks of equal masses m are
supported on the truck as shown in figure. Given that when the block at the top surface is just about to slide,
other block remains hanging at 30º from the vertical. In this system.

m
rough ()
30º
m
a

g 2 5 3 3
(A) a = (B) T = mg (C) µ = (D) T = 2 mg
3 3 3 3

DPPS FILE # 48
PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 33 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Projectile Motion, Friction,Newton’s Law of Motion.

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two stones are projected simultaneously from a tower at different angles of projection with same speed ‘u’.
The distance between two stones is increasing at constant rate ‘u’. Then the angle between the initial
velocity vectors of the two stones is :
(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 45° (D) 90°

2. A block is placed on an inclined plane and has to be pushed down. The angle of inclination of the plane
is:
(A) equal to angle of repose (B) more than angle of repose
(C) less than the angle of repose (D) equal to angle of friction

3. A block of mass 20 kg is acted upon by a force F = 30 N at an angle 53° with the horizontal in downward
direction as shown. The coefficient of friction between the block and the horizontal surface is 0.2. The friction
force acting on the block by the ground is (g = 10 m/s2)

F
53°

(A) 40.0 N (B) 30.0 N (C) 18.0 N (D) 44.8 N

4. Two blocks of masses 5 kg and 3kg are placed in contact over a fixed inclined surface of angle 37°, as
shown. µ1 is friction coefficient between 5kg block and the surface of the incline and similarly, µ2 is friction
coefficient between the 3kg block and the surface of the incline. After the release of the blocks from the
inclined surface,

3kg
5kg µ2
µ1
37°

(A) if µ1 = 0.5 and µ2 = 0.3 then 5 kg block exerts 3N force on the 3 kg block
(B) if µ1 = 0.5 and µ2 = 0.3 then 5 kg block exters 8 N force on the 3 kg block
(C) if µ1 = 0.3 and µ2 = 0.5 then 5 kg block exerts 1 N force on the 3kg block.
(D) if µ1 = 0.3 and µ2 = 0.5 then 5 kg block exerts no force on the 3kg block.

DPPS FILE # 49
5. A block A (5 kg) rests over another block B (3 kg) placed over a smooth horizontal surface. There is
friction between A and B. A horizontal force F 1 gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied
to A so that the blocks move together without relative motion. Instead of this another horizontal force
F 2, gradually increasing from zero to a maximum is applied to B so that the blocks move together
without relative motion. Then

(A) F 1 (max) = F 2 (max) (B) F 1 (max) > F 2 (max)


(C) F 1 (max) < F 2 (max) (D) F 1 (max): F 2 (max) = 5: 3

6. In the arrangement shown, W 1 = 200 N, W 2 = 100 N,  = 0.25 for allsurfaces in contact. The block W 1 just
slides under the block W 2.

A
W2 45°
P
W1

(A) A pull of 50 N is to be applied on W 1


(B) A pull of 90 N is to be applied on W 1
(C) Tension in the string AB is 10 2 N
(D) Tension in the string AB is 20 2 N

7. Figure shows a small block A of mass m kept at the left end of a plank B of mass M = 2m and length
. The system can slide on a horizontal road. The system is started towards right with the initial
velocity v. The friction coefficients between the road and the plank is 1/2 and that between the plank
and the block is 1/4. Find

(a) the time elapsed before the block separate from the plank.
(b) displacement of block and plank relative to ground till that moment.

8. Find the tensions in the strings (1), (2) and (3) and the acceleration of the mass ‘m’ just after (intially system
is in equilibrium and at rest, pulley, string, spring are light):

(a) string (1) is cut (b) string (2) is cut (c) string (3) is cut

DPPS FILE # 50
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 34 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Friction, Work, Power and Energy , Relative Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. The coefficient of friction between block A of mass m 1 = 5 kg and block B of mass m 2 = 10 kg is  = 0.5.
There is no friction force between block B and fixed horizontal surface. A force of 300 N acts on block
B in horizontal direction and a horizontal force of magnitude F acts on block A as shown, both towards
right. Initially there is no relative motion between the blocks. The minimum value of F such that relative
motion starts between A and B is :

A m1 F
B m2 300N
Fixed horizontal surface

(A) 200N (B) 187.5N


(C) 150 N (D) 0

2. Graph shows the acceleration of a 3 kg particle as an applied force moves it from rest along x axis. The
total work done by the force on the particle by the time the particle reaches x = 6 m, is equal to

(A) 20 J (B) 30 J
(C) 40 J (D) 60 J

3. A particle P is projected from a point on the surface of long smooth inclined plane (see figure). Simulta-
neously another particle Q is released on the smooth inclined plane from the same position. P and Q collide
after t = 4 second. The speed of projection of P is

(A) 5 m/s (B) 10 m/s


(C) 15 m/s (D) 20 m/s

DPPS FILE # 51
4. In the shown mass pulley system, pulleys and string are massless. The one end of the string is pulled
by the force F = 2mg. The acceleration of the block will be

(A) g/2 (B) 0


(C) g (D) 3g

5. A wedge is moving rightwards on which a block of mass 10kg is placed on it. Friction coefficient between the
wedge and the block is 0.8. [take g = 10 m/s2]. Select correct alternative(s) among the following options

(A) If wedge is moving with constant velocity then friction acting on block is 64N.
(B) If wedge is moving with constant velocity then acceleration of block is zero.

(C) If wedge is moving with a = 2 ( î ) m/s2 then friction acting on block is 44N.

(D) If wedge is moving with a = 10 ( î ) m/s2 then friction is 20N, downward on the wedge along the inclined.

COMPREHENSION

Three blocks of masses 6 kg, 4kg & 2 kg are pulled on a rough surface by applying a constant force
20N. The values of cofficient of friction between blocks & surface are shown in figrue.

6. In the arrangement shown tension in the string connecting 4kg and 6kg masses is
(A) 8N (B) 12N (C) 6N (D) 4N

7. Friction force on 4 kg block is


(A) 4N (B) 6 N (C) 12 N (D) 8 N

8. Friction force on 6 kg block is


(A) 12 N (B) 8 N (C) 6 N (D) 4 N

DPPS FILE # 52
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 35 Max. Time : 28 min.

Topics : Friction, Work, Power and Energy, Newton’s Law of Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Work done by static friction on an object:


(A) may be positive (B) must be negative
(C) must be zero (D) none of these

2. A block of unknown mass is at rest on a rough, horizontal surface. A horizontal force F is applied to the
block. The graph in the figure shows the acceleration of the block with respect to the applied force. The
mass of the block is

(A) 1.0 kg (B) 0.1 kg (C) 2.0 kg (D) 0.2 kg

3. A block of mass 10 kg is released on a fixed wedge inside a cart which is moved with constant velocity 10 m/
s towards right. Take initial velocity of block with respect to cart zero. Then work done by normal reaction
(with respect to ground) on block in two second will be: (g = 10 m/s2).

(A) zero (B) 960 J


(C) 1200 J (D) none of these

4. Two blocks of mass 10 kg and 2 kg respectively are connected by an ideal string passing over a fixed
smooth pulley as shown in figure. A monkey of mass 8 kg started climbing the string with a constant
acceleration of 2 m/s2 with respect to string at t = 0. Initially the system is in equilibrium and monkey
is at a distance 2.4 from the pulley. Find the time taken by monkey to reach the pulley in sec.

DPPS FILE # 53

5. The work done by a force F  5 k̂ as its point of application moves from the point (1, 1, 1) to the origin
is equal to ______ .

COMPREHENSION

A block of mass m is placed on a rough inclined plane. The coefficient of friction between the block and
the plane is  and the inclination of the plane is . Initially  = 0 and the block will remain stationary on
the plane. Now the inclination  is gradually increased. The block presses the inclined plane with a
force mgcos. So welding strength between the block and inclined is  mgcos, and the pulling forces
is mgsin . As soon as the pulling force is greater than the welding strength, the welding breaks and the
block starts sliding, the angle  for which the block starts sliding is called angle of repose (). During
the contact, two contact forces are acting between the block and the inclined plane. The pressing
reaction (Normal reaction) and the shear reaction (frictional force). The net contact force will be resultant
of both.

Answer the following questions based on above comprehension :

6. If the entire system, were accelerated upward with acceleration ‘a’, the angle of repose, would :
(A) increase (B) decrease (C) remain same (D) increase of a > g

7. For what value of  will the block slide on the inclined plane :
(A)  tan–1 (B)  tan–1 (C)  cot –1 (D)  cot –1

8. If  = 3/4 then what will be frictional force (shear force) acting between the block and inclined plane
when  = 300 :

3 3 mg 3
(A) mg (B) (C) mg (D) zero
8 2 2

DPPS FILE # 54
PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 36 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Friction, Work, Power and Energy, Relative Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Consider the arrangement shown in figure. Friction coefficient for all the surfaces are shown in the
figure and the rod connecting two upper blocks is horizontal.

What is the minimum value F so that the rear two blocks start sliding with each other :
(A) 100 N (B) 50 N
(C) 150 N (D) For all values of F both the rear blocks will move together
2. A chain is held on a frictionless table with L/4 hanging over. Knowing total mass of the chain is M and
total length is L, the work required to slowly pull hanging part back to the table is :
MgL MgL MgL MgL
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16 8 32 24

3. An object is moving along a straight line path from P to Q under the action of a force F  ( 4 î  3 ĵ  2k̂ ) N. If
the co-ordinate of P & Q in metres are (3, 2, 1) & (2, 1, 4) respectively. Then the work done by the force
is:
(A)  15 J (B) + 15 J (C) 1015 J (D) (4 î  3 ĵ  2k̂ )
4. A bucket tied to a string is lowered at a constant acceleration of g/4. If the mass of the bucket is M and is
lowered by a distance d, the work done by the string on bucket will be (assume the string to be massless)
(A) (1/4) mg d (B) 3/4) mgd (C)  4/3) mgd (D) (4/3) mgd
5. PQ is a smooth inclined plane whose angle  can be varied in such a
way that point Q remains fixed and P can move on a vertical line PR. A
particle slides from rest from point P at different value of  time for descent
from P and Q is noted. The following statement (s) is /are correct about
the time of descent :
(A) the minimum time of descent is 2  / g
(B) the time descent is minimum at =900
(C) the time of descent decreases continuously as  is increased
(D) the time of descent first decreases then increases.
COMPREHENSION
Rain is falling with a velocity ( 4 î  8 ĵ  10k̂ ) . A person is moving with a velocity of (6 î  8 ĵ) on the ground.

6. Find the velocity of rain with respect to man and the direction from which the rain appears to be
coming.
7. The speed with which the rain drops hit the person is :
(A) 10 m/s (B) 10 2 m/s (C) 180 m/s (D) 360 m/s

8. The velocity of man w.r.t. rain is :


(A)  6 î  8 ĵ (B) 4 î  8 ĵ  10k̂ (C)  10 î  10k̂ (D) 10 î  10k̂
DPPS FILE # 55
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 37 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Friction


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. In the track shown in figure section AB is a quadrant of a circle of 1 metre radius. A block is released at A and
slides without friction until it reaches B. After B it moves on a rough horizontal floor and comes to rest at
distance 3 metres from B. What is the coefficient of friction between floor and body ?

(A) 1/3 (B) 2/3


(C) 1/4 (D) 3/8

2. A block of mass m is attached with a massless spring of force constant k. The block is placed over a fixed
3
rough inclined surface for which the coefficient of friction is µ = . The block of mass m is initially at rest.
4
The block of mass M is released from rest with spring in unstretched state. The minimum value of M required
to move the block up the plane is (neglect mass of string and pulley and friction in pulley.)

3 4 6 3
(A) m (B) m (C) m (D) m
5 5 5 2

3. Starting at rest, a 10 kg object is acted upon by only one force as indicated in figure. Then the total
work done by the fo rce is

force(N)

30

0 Time
1 2 3
–10

(A) 90 J (B) 125 J


(C) 245 J (D) 490 J

DPPS FILE # 56
4. Block A in the figure is released from rest when the extension in the spring is x 0. (x 0 < mg/k). The
maximum downward displacement of the block is (ther is no friction) :

2Mg Mg
(A)  2x 0 (B)  x0
K 2K

2Mg 2Mg
(C)  x0 (D)  x0
K K

5. The minimum work done required to accelerate a truck on a horizontal road from rest to speed v
(A) is less than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.
(B) is equal than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.
(C) is more than that required to accelerate it from v to 2v.
(D) may be any one of the above since it depends on the force acting on the truck and the distance over
which it acts.

6. Which of the following relations are always true?

  1 2
v = velocity , a = acceleration, K = 2 mv = Kinetic energy

   
 t2
dK   d v av d v
da  
(A)
dt
 m v a (B)
dt
 
v
(C)
dt

dt
(D)  v =  a dt
t1

7. In the arrangement shown in Fig. the masses of the wedge M and the body m are known. The appreciable
friction exists only between the wedge and the body m, the friction coefficient being equal to . The masses
of the pulley and the thread are negligible. Find the acceleration of the body m relative to the horizontal
surface on which the wedge Slides.

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////

8. The block of mass m initially at x = 0 is acted upon by a horizontal force at any position x is given as F = a
 bx2(where a > mg), as shown in the figure. The co-efficient of friction between the surfaces of contact is
. The net work done on the block is zero, if the block travels a distance of ______.

DPPS FILE # 57
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 38 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Friction


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Two bikes A and B start from a point. A moves with uniform speed 40 m/s and B starts from rest with
uniform acceleration 2 m/s2. If B starts at t = 0 and A starts from the same point at t = 10 s, then the time
interval during the journey in which A was ahead of B is :
(A) 20 s (B) 8 s
(C) 10 s (D) A is never ahead of B

2. A block of mass 5 kg is released from rest when compression in spring is 2m. Block is not attached with the
spring and natural length of the spring is 4m. Maximum height of block from ground is : (g = 10 m/s2)

(A) 5.5 m (B) 4.5 m


(C) 6 m (D) 7.5 m

3. A block of mass 2 kg is hanging over a smooth and light pulley through a light string. The other end of the string
is pulled by a constant force F = 40 N. At t = 0 the system is at rest as shown. Then in the time interval from
2
t = 0 to t = seconds, pick up the correct statement (s) : (g = 10 m/s2)
10

2kg F=40N

(A) tension in the string is 40 N (B) work done by gravity is – 20 J


(C) work done by tension on block is 80 J (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 58
4. The blocks of mass m 1 = 1 kg and m 2 = 2 kg are connected by an ideal spring, rest on a rough
horizontal surface. The spring is unstressed. The spring constant of spring is K = 2 N/m. The coefficient
1
of friction between blocks and horizontal surface is  . Now the left block is imparted a velocity u
2
towards right as shown. The largest value of u (in m/s) such that the block of mass m 2 never moves is
(Take g = 10m/s2)

5. If the lower block is held fixed & force is applied to P, minimum force required to slide P on Q is
12 N. Now if Q is free to move on frictionless surface and force is applied to Q then the minimum
force F required to slide P on Q is ______.

COMPREHENSION

A block of mass 1 kg is placed on a rough horizontal surface. A spring is attached to the block whose
other end is joined to a rigid wall,as shown in the figure. A horizontal force is applied on the block so
 mg 
that it remains at rest while the spring is elongated by x  x   . Let F max and F min be the maximum
 k 
and minimum values of force F for which the block remains in equilibrium. For a particular x,
F max– F min = 2 N. Also shown is the variation of F max+ F min versus x, the elongation of the spring.

+ Fmin
Fmax
K 5N
1 kg F
0.1m
x

6. The coefficient of friction between the block and the horizontal surface is :
(A) 0.1 (B) 0.2 (C) 0.3 (D) 0.4

7. The spring constant of the spring is:


(A) 25 N/m (B) 20 N/m (C) 2.5 N/m (D) 50 N/m

8. The value of F min , if x = 3 cm is :


(A) 0 (B) 0.2N (C) 5N (D) 1N

DPPS FILE # 59
PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 39 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Work, Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two objects moving along the same straight line are leaving point A with an acceleration a, 2 a &
velocity 2 u, u respectively at time t = 0. The distance moved by the object with respect to point A when
one object overtakes the other is :

6u2 2u 2 4u2
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
a a a

2. A particle of mass ‘m’ moves along the quarter section of the circular path whose centre is at the origin. The

radius of the circular path is ‘a’. A force F = y î  xĵ newton acts on the particle, where x, y denote the
coordinates of position of the particle. Calculate the work done by this force in taking .the particle from point
A (a, 0) to point B (0, a) along the circular path.

3. A particle is moved along the different paths OAC, OBC & ODC as shown in the fig. Path ODC is

a parabola, y = 4 x 2. Find the work done by a f orce F = x y i  x y j on the particle along these
2

paths. Is this force a conservative force ?

B C (1,4)

O x
A

DPPS FILE # 60
COMPREHENSION
Consider the system shown below, with two equal masses m and a spring with spring constant K. The
coefficient of friction between the left mass and horizontal table is  = 1/4, and the pulley is frictionless.
The string connecting both the blocks is massless and inelastic. The system is held with the spring at
its unstretched length and then released.

4. The extension in spring when the masses come to momentary rest for the first time is
3 mg mg mg 2mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2K 2K K K

5. The minimum value of  for which the system remains at rest once it has stopped for the first time is
1 1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 3 2 2

6. If the string connecting both the masses is cut just at the instant both masses came to momentary
rest for the first time in question 5, then maximum compression of spring during resulting motion is
(Take  = 1/4)
2mg mg mg 1mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3K 2K K 3K

7. Two blocks A and B of masses m and M are placed on a horizontal surface, both being interconnected
with a horizontal series combination of two massless springs 1 and 2, of force constants k 1 and k2
respectively as shown. Friction coefficient between block A and the surface is  and the springs are
initially non-deformed. Now the block B is displaced slowly to the right by a distance x, and it is
observed that block A does not slip on the surface. Block B is kept in equilibrium by applying an
external force at that position. Match the required information in the left column with the options given
in the right column.
y k1 k2
M m
x Block A spring1 spring2
 frictionless

Left column Right column


(A) Friction force on block A by the surface (p) k1 x (– î )
(B) Force by spring 1 on block A (q)  Mg (– î )
k1k 2 x
(C) Force exerted by spring 2 on spring 1. (r) k  k ( î )
1 2

k1k 2 x
(D) External force on block B. (s) (– î )
k1  k 2

DPPS FILE # 61
PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 40 Max. Time : 27 min.

Topics : Relative Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Projectile Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. For a particle undergoing rectilinear motion with uniform acceleration, the magnitude of displacement is one
third the distance covered in some time interval. The magnitude of final velocity is less than magnitude of
initial velocity for this time interval. Then the ratio of initial speed velocity to the final speed for this time
interval is :
(A) 2 (B) 2 (C) 3 (D) 3

2. Power versus time graph for a given force is given below. Work done

by the force upto time t( t 0).


(A) First decreases then increases
(B) First increases then decreases
(C) Always increases
(D) Always decreases
3. Block A in the figure is released from the rest when the extension in the spring is x0 . The maximum
downward displacement of the block will be :

(A) Mg/2k  x0 (B) Mg/2k + x0 (C) 2 Mg/k  x0 (D) 2 Mg/k + x0


4. Block m is released from rest when spring is in its natural length (assume
pulley is ideal and block does not strike on ground during it's motion in
vertical plane)
than :
(A) maximum elongation in spring is 4 mg/k
(B) maximum elongation in spring is 2 mg/k
m
(C) maximum speed of block is 2g
k

m
(D) maximum speed of block is g
k

DPPS FILE # 62
5. A particle is projected at an angle of 300 w.r.t. horizontal with speed 20 m/s : (use g = 10 m/s2)
(i) Find the position vector of the particle after 1s.
(ii) Find the angle between velocity vector and position vector at t = 1s.

COMPREHENSION

A small block of mass m is released from a fixed smooth wedge as shown in figure. Initial point is
marked as A. Bottom of wedge is marked as B and at a point C the block stops moving because the
straight part of floor is rough.
A
m
smooth

rough Fixed
m B
C x0

6. Work done by normal reaction is zero during the motion of the block
(A) from point A to B only (B) from point B to C only
(C) from A to C (D) None of these

7. The friction coefficient of the block with the floor is :


h x0
(A) x (B) (C) zero (D) 1
0 h

8. The velocity of the block at the midpoint between B to C will be :


2gh gh
(A) (B) 2gh (C) gh (D)
2 2

DPPS FILE # 63
PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 41 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A body is given a velocity 2 g r at the highest point of a half circular smooth track which is joined by
a rough horizontal track whose co-efficient of friction is  = 0.5. Then the distance travelled by particle
before it stops on horizontal track is: (r = 1 m)

(A) 1 m (B) 4 m (C) 6 m (D) none of these

2. A particle moves along a circle of radius R with a constant angular speed  .Its displacement (only
magnitude) in time t will be
t
(A) t (B) 2 R cos t (C) 2 R sin t (D) 2R sin
2

1
3. Three particle A, B & C move in a circle of radius r = m, in anticlockwise direction with speeds 1 m/

s, 2.5 m/s and 2 m/s respectively. The initial positions of A, B and C are as shown in figure. The ratio
of distance travelled by B and C by the instant A, B and C meet for the first time is

(A) 3 : 2 (B) 5 : 4 (C) 3 : 5 (D) 3 : 7

4. Two bodies having masses 10 kg and 5 kg are moving in concentric orbits of radii 4 and 8 such that their time
periods are the same. Then the ratio of their centripetal accelerations is
1 1
(A) (B) 2 (C) 8 (D)
2 8
5. A stone is thrown horizontally under gravity with a speed of 10m/sec. Find the radius of curvature of it’s
trajectory at the end of 3 sec after motion began.

(A)10 10 m (B) 100 10 m (C) 10 m (D) 100m

DPPS FILE # 64
6. A particle begins to move with a tangential acceleration of constant magnitude 0.6 m/s2 in a circular path. If
it slips when its total acceleration becomes 1 m/s2, then the angle through which it would have turned before
it starts to slip is :
(A) 1/3 rad (B) 2/3 rad (C) 4/3 rad (D) 2 rad

7. One of the forces acting on a particle is conservative then which of the following statement(s) are true
about this conservative force
(A) Its work is zero when the particle moves exactly once around any closed path.
(B) Its work equals the change in the kinetic energy of the particle
(C) Then that particular force must be constant.
(D) Its work depends on the end points of the motion, not on the path between.

COMPREHENSION

A particle of mass 0.1 kg is launched at an angle of 53° with the horizontal. The particle enters a fixed
rough hollow tube whose length is slightly less than 12.5 m and which is inclined at an angle of 37° with
the horizontal as shown in figure. It is known that the velocity of ball when it enters the tube is parallel
3
to the axis of the tube. The coefficient of friction between the particle and tube inside the tube is  = .
8
[Take g = 10 m/s2]

8. The velocity of the particle as it enters the tube is :


(A) 12 m/s (B) 16m/s (C) 9 m/s (D) 15 m/s

9. The kinetic energy of the particle when it comes out of the tube is approximately equal to :
(A) Zero (B) 4 J (C) 7.2 J (D) 11.2 J

10. The distance from the point of projection where the particle will land on the horizontal plane after
coming out from the tube is approximately equal to :
(A) 8.4 m (B) 10 m (C) 18.4 m (D) 36.8 m

DPPS FILE # 65
PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 42 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. A block of mass m starts at rest at height h on a frictionless inclined plane. The block slides down the
plane, travels across a rough horizontal surface with coefficient of kinetic friction , and compresses a
spring with force constant k a distance x before momentarily coming to rest. Then the spring extends and
the block travels back across the rough surface, sliding up the plane. The block travels a total distance d on
rough horizontal surface. The correct expression for the maximum height h’ that the block reaches on its
return is:

(A) mgh’ = mgh – mgd (B) mgh’ = mgh + mgd


(C) mgh’ = mgh + mgd + kx2 (D) mgh’ = mgh – mgd – kx2
2. In the Figure, the ball A is released from rest when the spring is at its
natural length. For the block B, of mass M to leave contact with the
ground at some stage, the minimum mass of A must be:
(A) 2 M (B) M (C) M/2
(D) A function of M and the force constant of the spring.
3. A particle is moving in a circle
(A) The resultant force on the particle must be towards the centre.
(B) The resultant force may be towards the centre.
(C) The direction of the angular acceleration and the angular velocity must be the same.
(D) The cross product of the tangential acceleration and the angular velocity will be zero.

4. The potential energy function associated with the force F  4 xy î  2 x 2 ĵ is :
(A) U = – 2x 2 y (B) U = – 2x 2 y + constant
2
(C) U = 2x y + constant (D) not defined
5. A disc of radius R has a light pole fixed perpendicular to the disc at the
circumference which in turn has a pendulum of length R attached to its
other end as shown in figure. The disc is rotated with a constant
angular speed . The string is making an angle 300 with the rod. Then
the angular speed  of disc is:
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1/ 2
 3g  3g  g   2g 
(A)  
 (B)  
 (C)  
 (D)  

 R   2 R   3 R   3 3 R 

6. Two blocks of masses m 1 and m 2 are placed in contact with each other
on a horizontal platform. The coefficient of friction between the platform
and the two blocks is the same. The platform moves with an acceleration. m1 m 2 a
The force of interaction between the blocks is:
(A) zero only if m 1 = m 2 (B) zero in all cases
(C) non-zero only if m 1 > m 2 (D) non-zero only if m 1 < m 2.
7. A car initially traveling eastwards turns north by traveling in a quarter circular path of radius R metres at
uniform speed as shown in figure. The car completes the turn in T second.
(a) What is the acceleration of the car when it is at B located at an angle of 37.
Express your a swers in terms of unit vectors î and ĵ
(b) The magnitude of car's average acceleration during T second period.

DPPS FILE # 66
PHYSICS Total Marks : 35
DPP No. 43 Max. Time : 37 min.

Topic : Work, Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.11 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

1. A block of mass 1 kg slides down a vertical curved track that is one quadrant of a circle of radius 1m.
Its speed at the bottom is 2 m/s. The work done by frictional force is :

(A) 8 J (B)  8 J (C) 4 J (D)  4 J

2. A bead of mass m slides without friction on a vertical hoop of radius R. The bead moves under the
combined influence of gravity and a spring of spring constant k attached to the bottom of the hoop. For
simplicity assume, the equilibrium length of the spring to be zero. The bead is released at the top of the
hoop with negligible speed as shown. The bead, on passing the bottom point will have a velocity of :

2R

2kR 2 kR 2 kR 2
(A) 2 gR (B) 2 gR  (C) 2 gR  (D) 2gR 
m m m

3. In a simple pendulum, the breaking strength of the string is double the weight of the bob. The bob is released
from rest when the string is horizontal. The string breaks when it makes an angle  with the vertical.
1 2
(A)  = cos 1 (B)  = 60º (C)  = cos 1 (D)  = 0
3 3
4. A particle initially at rest starts moving from point A on the surface of a fixed smooth hemisphere of
radius r as shown. The particle looses its contact with hemisphere at point B. C is centre of the
hemisphere. The equation relating  and  is

(A) 3 sin  = 2 cos  (B) 2 sin  = 3 cos 


(C) 3 sin  = 2 cos  (D) 2 sin  = 3 cos 

DPPS FILE # 67
5. A heavy particle is projected from a point on the horizontal at an angle 60 0 with the horizontal with a
speed of 10m/s. Then the radius of the curvature of its path at the instant of crossing the same horizontal
is _______.

6. A weightless rod of length 2 carries two equal masses 'm', one secured at lower end A and the other at the
middle of the rod at B. The rod can rotate in vertical plane about a fixed horizontal axis passing through C.
What horizontal velocity must be imparted to the mass at A so that it just completes the vertical circle.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth sphere (mass 10 kg, negligible radius) rolls on a smooth curved surface from the point A
with a speed of 10 m/s as shown in figure . The sphere reaches the point D passing through point B .
If the ground is taken as reference, Then [Take g = 10 m/s2 ]

20m C
D
E
B 10m 3m

7. The total energy of the sphere at the point A ,


(A) 2500 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

8. The kinetic energy & the potential energy at point B ,


(A) 2500 J, 0 J (B) 0 J, 2500 J (C) 2500 J, 1500 J (D) 1500 J, 2500 J

9. The kinetic energy at C


(A) 2500 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

10. The kinetic energy at D ,


(A) 2200 J (B) zero (C) 1500 J (D) 2000 J

11. Will the sphere go beyond D ?


(A) Yes (B) No
(C) More information is required (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 68
PHYSICS Total Marks : 36
DPP No. 44 Max. Time : 38 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Friction
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q. 9 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A smooth wire is bent into a vertical circle of radius a. A bead P can slide smoothly on the wire. The
circle is rotated about vertical diameter AB as axis with a constant speed  as shown in figure. The
bead P is at rest w.r.t. the wire in the position shown. Then 2 is equal to :

2g 2g g 3 2a
(A) (B) (C) (D)
a a 3 a g 3
2. A ball suspended by a thread swings in a vertical plane so that its acceleration in the extreme position
and lowest position are equal in magnitude. Angle  of thread deflection in the extreme position will be:

1 1
(A) 2 tan1 (B) tan1 (C) tan1 2 (D) tan1 2
2 2
3. An automobile enters a turn of radius R. If the road is banked at an angle of 45 0 and the coefficient of
friction is 1, the minimum and maximum speed with which the automobile can negotiate the turn
without skidding is:

rg rg rg
(A) and rg (B) and rg (C) and 2 rg (D) 0 and infinite
2 2 2
4. From the uniform disc of radius 4 R two small disc of radius R are cut off. The centre of mass of the new
structure will be : (Centre of lower circular cavity lies on x-axis and centre of upper circular cavity lies
on y-axis)

R R R R
(A) î  ĵ (B)  î  ĵ
5 5 5 5

R R 3R
(C)  î  ĵ (D)  ( î  ĵ )
5 5 14

DPPS FILE # 69
5. As shown in the figure, M is a man of mass 60 kg standing on a block of mass 40 kg kept on ground.
The co-efficient of friction between the feet of the man and the block is 0.3 and that between B and the
ground is 0.1. If the person pulls the string with 100 N force, then :

(A) B will slide on ground


(B) A and B will move together with acceleration 1 m/s2
(C) the friction force acting between A & B will be 40 N
(D) the friction force acting between A & B will be 180 N

COMPREHENSION

Two bodies A and B of masses 10 kg and 5 kg are placed very slightly separated as shown in figure.
The coefficient of friction between the floor and the blocks is  = 0.4. Block A is pushed by an external
force F. The value of F can be changed. When the welding between block A and ground breaks, block
A will start pressing block B and when welding of B also breaks, block B will start pressing the vertical
wall –

6. If F = 20 N, with how much force does block A presses the block B


(A) 10 N (B) 20 N (C) 30 N (D) Zero

7. What should be the minimum value of F, so that block B can press the vertical wall
(A) 20 N (B) 40 N (C) 60 N (D) 80 N

8. If F = 50 N, the friction force (shear force) acting between block B and ground will be :
(A) 10 N (B) 20 N (C) 30 N (D) None

9. A particle moving along x-axis is being acted upon by one dimensional conservative force F. In the F–x curve
shown, four points J, K, L, M are marked on the curve. Column  gives different type of equilibrium for the
particle at different positions. Column  gives certain positions on the force position graphs. Match the
positions in Column-I with the corresponding nature of equilibrium at these positions.

F
M
x
O K L
J

Column I Column II
(A) Point J is position of (p) Neutral equilibrium
(B) Point K is position of (q) Unstable equilibrium
(C) Point L is position of (r) Stable equilibrium
(D) Point M is position of (s) No equilibrium

DPPS FILE # 70
PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 45 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Newton’s Law of Motion, Work , Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.8 to Q.10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A circular curve of a highway is designed for traffic moving at 72 km/h. If the radius of the curved path
is 100 m, the correct angle of banking of the road should be given by :
2 3 2 1
(A) tan 1 (B) tan 1 (C) tan 1 (D) tan 1
3 5 5 4

2. Two semicircular rings of linear mass densities  and 2  and of radius ‘R’ each are joined to form a complete
ring. The distance of the center of the mass of complete ring from its geometrical centre is :
3R 2R 3R
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
8 3 4

3. The centre of mass of a non uniform rod of length L whose mass per unit length  varies as
k.x 2
= where k is a constant & x is the distance of any point on rod from its one end, is (from the
L
same end)
3 1 k 3k
(A) L (B) L (C) (D)
4 4 L L
4. A bead of mass m is located on a parabolic wire with its axis vertical and vertex at the origin as shown in
figure and whose equation is x2 = 4ay. The wire frame is fixed in vertical plane and the bead can slide on it
without friction. The bead is released from the point y = 4a on the wire frame from rest. The tangential
acceleration of the bead when it reaches the position given by y = a is :

g 3g g g
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 2 2 5

5. A uniform thin rod is bent in the form of closed loop ABCDEFA as shown in the figure. The y-coordinate
of the centre of mass of the system is

2r 6r 2r
(A) (B)  (C)  (D) Zero
 3  2 

DPPS FILE # 71
6. A particle of mass m is fixed to one end of a light spring of force constant k and unstretched length .
k
The system is rotated about the other end of the spring with an angular speed  (   ) in gravity
m
free space. The increase in length of the spring is :

m 2  m 2  m2 
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
k k  m2 k  m 2

7. A body of mass m was slowly hauled up the hill as shown in figure by a force F which at each point was
directed along a tangent to the trajectory. Find the work performed by this force, if the height of the hill
is h, the length of its base  , and the coefficient of friction k.

COMPREHENSION

One end of massless inextensible string of length  is fixed and other end is tied to a small ball of mass m.
The ball is performing a circular motion in vertical plane. At the lowest position, speed of ball is 20 g  .
Neglect any other forces on the ball except tension and gravitational force. Acceleration due to gravity is g.

8. Motion of ball is in nature of


(A) circular motion with constant speed
(B) circular motion with variable speed
(C) circular motion with constant angular acceleration about centre of the circle.
(D) none of these

9. At the highest position of ball, tangential acceleration of ball is -


(A) 0 (B) g (C) 5 g (D) 16 g

10. During circular motion, minimum value of tension in the string -


(A) zero (B) mg (C) 10 mg (D) 15 mg

DPPS FILE # 72
PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 46 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Friction


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]
1. A block attached with an ideal spring is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. Now the free end of the
spring is pulled with a constant velocity u horizontally. Then the maximum energy stored in the spring
and block system during subsequent motion is :

1
(A) mu2 (B) mu2 (C) 2mu2 (D) 4 mu2
2
2. A block of mass 1kg is pushed on a movable wedge of mass 2kg and height h = 30 cm with a velocity
u = 6m/sec. Before striking the wedge it travels 2 m on a rough horizontal portion. Velocity is just
sufficient for the block to reach the top of the wedge. Assuming all surfaces are smooth except the
given horizontal part and collision of block and wedge is jerkless, the friction coefficient of the rough
horizontal part is :

(A) 0.125 (B) 0.377 (C) 0.675 (D) 0.45


3. In the figure shown find out the distance of centre of mass of a system of a
uniform circular plate of radius 3 R from O in which a hole of radius R is cut
whose centre is at 2R distance from centre of large circular plate.
(A) R/4 (B) R/5 (C) R/2 (D) none of these
4. Which of the following statement is not true?
(A) Work done by conservative force on an object depends only on the initial and final states and not on
thepath taken.
(B) The change in the potential energy of a system corresponding to conservative internal forces is
equalto negative of the work done by these forces.
(C) If some of the internal forces within a system are non-conservative, then the mechanical energy of
the system is not constant.
(D) If the internal forces are conservative, the work done by the internal forces is equal to the change in
mechanical energy.
5. A boy of mass 50 kg produces an acceleration of 2m/s2 in a block of
mass 20kg by pushing it in horizontal direction. The boy moves with
the block such that boy and the block have same acceleration. There
is no friction between the block and fixed horizontal surface but there
is friction between foot of the boy and horizontal surface. Find friction
force (in Newton) exerted by the horizontal surface on the boy.
6. Four particles of mass 5, 3, 2, 4 kg are at the points (1, 6), ( 1, 5), (2, 3), (1, 4). Find the
coordinates of their centre of mass.
7. Motion of particle is described in column-I. In column-II, some statements about work done by forces on the
particle from ground frame is given. Match the particle's motion given in column-I with corresponding possible
work done on the particle in certain time interval given in column-II.
Column-I Column-II
(A) A particle is moving in horizontal circle (p) work done by all the forces may be positive
(B) A particle is moving in vertical circle (q) work done by all the forces may be negative
with uniform speed
(C) A particle is moving in air (projectile (r) work done by all the forces must be zero
motion without any air resistance) under gravity
(D) A particle is attached to roof of moving (s) work done by gravity may be positive.
train on inclined surface.

DPPS FILE # 73
PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 47 Max. Time : 35 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Circular Motion, Work, Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks 5 min.) [8, 10]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks 10 min.) [8, 10]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 8 (3 marks 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A homogeneous plate PQRST is as shown in figure. The centre of mass of plate lies at midpoint A of
b
segment QT. Then the ratio of is (PQ = PT = b; QR = RS = ST = a)
a

13 13
(A) (B)
4 2

13 13
(C) (D)
2 4

2. A particle is rotated in a vertical circle connected by a light string of length  and keeping the other end of the
string fixed. The minimum speed of the particle when the string is horizontal for which the particle will
complete the circle is
(A) g (B) 2g 

(C) 3g (D) 5g 

3. A ring attached with a spring is fitted in a smooth rod. The spring is fixed at the outer end of the rod. The
mass of the ring is 3kg & spring constant of spring is 300 N/m. The ring is given a velocity ‘V’ towards
the outer end of the rod. And the rod is set to be rotating with an angular velocity . Then ring will move
with constant speed with respect to the rod if :

(A) angular velocity of rod is increased continuously


(B)  = 10 rad/s
(C) angular velocity of rod is decreased continuously.
(D) constant velocity of ring is not possible.

DPPS FILE # 74
( 3  1)mg
4. A bead of mass m is attached to one end of a spring of natural length R and spring constant K = .
R
The other end of the spring is fixed at point A on a smooth vertical ring of radius R as shown in figure. The
normal reaction at B just after it is released is :

mg 3 3mg
(A) (B) 3 mg (C) 3 3 mg (D)
2 2

5. The square of the angular velocity  of a certain wheel increases linearly with the angular displacement
during 100 rev of the wheel's motion as shown.Compute the time t required for the increase.

6. A particle of mass 2kg starts to move at position x = 0 and time t = 0 under the action of force
F = (10 + 4x) N along the x-axis on a frictionless horizontal track. Find the power delivered by the force
in watts at the instant the particle has moved by the distance 5m.

7. In column-I condition on velocity, force and acceleration of a particle is given. Resultant motion is
  
described in column-II. u = initial velocity, F = resultant force and v = instantaneous velocity..

Column-I Column-II
  
(A) u  F  0 and F = constant (p) path will be circular path
  
(B) u  F  0 and F = constant (q) speed will increase
  
(C) v  F  0 all the time and | F | = constant (r) path will be straight line
and the particle always remains in one plane.
 
(D) u  2 î  3 ĵ and acceleration at all time a  6 î  9 ĵ (s) path will be parabolic

8. STATEMENT–1 : The work done by all forces on a system equals to the change in kinetic energy of that
system. This statement is true even if nonconservative forces act on the system.

STATEMENT–2 : The total work done by internal forces may be positive.


(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.

DPPS FILE # 75
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 48 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Circular Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A disc (of radius r cm) of uniform thickness and uniform density  has a square hole with sides of
r
length  = cm. One corner of the hole is located at the center of the disc and centre of the hole lies
2
on y-axis as shown. Then the y-coordinate of position of center of mass of disc with hole (in cm) is

r r r 3r
(A)  2 (  ¼) (B)  4 (  ¼) (C)  4 (  ½) (D)  4 (  ¼)

2. A flywheel rotates with a uniform angular acceleration. Its angular velocity increases from 20  rad/s to 40 
rad/s in 10 seconds. How many rotations did it make in this period?
(A) 80 (B) 100 (C) 120 (D) 150
3. Figure shows the roller coaster track. Each car will start from rest at point A and will roll with negligible
friction. It is important that there should be at least some small positive normal force exerted by the
track on the car at all points, otherwise the car would leave the track. With the above fact, the minimum
safe value for the radius of curvature at point B is (g = 10 m/s2) :

(A) 20 m (B) 10 m (C) 40 m (D) 25 m


4. A crate of mass m is pulled with a force F along a fixed right angled horizontal trough as in figure. The
coefficient of kinetic friction between the crate and the trough is  Find the value of force F required to
pull it along the trough with constant velocity.

F
45°

DPPS FILE # 76
COMPREHENSION
Figure shows an irregular wedge of mass m placed on a smooth horizontal surface. Part BC is rough.
5. What minimum velocity should be imparted to a small block of same mass m so that it may reach point B :

(A) 2 gH (B) 2gH (C) 2 g(H  h) (D) gh

6. The magnitude of velocity of wedge when the block comes to rest (w.r.t. wedge) on part BC is :
(A) gH (B) g(H  h (C) 2 gH (D) none of these

7. If the coefficient of friction between the block and wedge is , and the block comes to rest with respect to
wedge at a point E on the rough surface then BE will be
H Hh h
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
  

8. In each situation of column-I a mass distribution is given and information regarding x and y-coordinate
of centre of mass is given in column-II. Match the figures in column-I with corresponding information of
centre of mass in column-II.
Column-I Column-II
(A) An equilateral triangular wire (p) x cm > 0
frame is made using three thin
uniform rods of mass per unit
lengths , 2 and 3 as shown

(B) A square frame is made using (q) ycm > 0


four thin uniform rods of mass
per unit length lengths , 2,
3 and 4 as shown

(C) A circular wire frame is made (r) x cm < 0


of two uniform semicircular wires
of same radius and of mass per
unit length  and 2 as shown

(D) A circular wire frame is made (s) ycm < 0


of four uniform quarter circular
wires of same radius and
mass per unit length , 2, 3
and 4 as shown

DPPS FILE # 77
PHYSICS Total Marks : 30
DPP No. 49 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A bob is attached to one end of a string other end of which is fixed at
peg A. The bob is taken to a position where string makes an angle of
300 with the horizontal. On the circular path of the bob in vertical plane
there is a peg ‘B’ at a symmetrical position with respect to the position
of release as shown in the figure. If Vc and Va be the minimum speeds
in clockwise and anticlockwise directions respectively, given to the
bob in order to hit the peg ‘B’ then ratio V c : Va is equal to :

(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 2 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 1 : 4

2. A ring of radius R lies in vertical plane. A bead of mass ‘m’ can move along
the ring without friction. Initially the bead is at rest at the bottom most point
on ring. The minimum horizontal speed v with which the ring must be pulled
such that the bead completes the vertical circle

(A) 3gR (B) 4gR (C) 5gR (D) 5 . 5 gR

3. An object is moving in a circle at constant speed v. The magnitude of rate of change of momentum of the object

(A) is zero (B) is proportional to v (C) is proportional to v 2 (D) is proportional to v 3


4. Assuming potential energy ‘U’ at ground level to be zero.
Solid sphere Solid Cube Solid Cone Solid Cylinder
P Q R S

D D D D
D

U=0
D D D

All objects are made up of same material.


UP = Potential energy of solid sphere UQ = Potential energy of solid cube
UR = Potential energy of solid cone US = Potential energy of solid cylinder
(A) US > UP (B) UQ > US (C) UP > UQ (D) UP > US

5. A bob of mass 2 kg is suspended from point O of a cone with an inextensible string of length 3 m. It is
moving in horizontal circle over the surface of cone as shown in the figure. Then : (g = 10 m/s2)

(A) bob looses contact with cone if v  5 m/s

(B) normal force on bob is 19 N when v = 2 m/s


38
(C) tension in string is N when v = 2 m/s
3
17
(D) normal force on bob is N when v = 2m/s
3
DPPS FILE # 78
6. A block of mass m rests on a rough horizontal plane having coefficient of kinetic friction µk and coefficient of
5  k mg
static friction µs. The spring is in its natural length, when a constant force of magnitude P = starts
4
acting on the block. The spring force F is a function of extension x as F = kx3. (Where k is spring constant)

(a) Comment on the relation between µs and µk for the motion to start.
(b) Find the maximum extension in the spring (Assume the force
P is sufficient to make the block move).

COMPREHENSION
An initially stationary box on a frictionless floor explodes into two pieces, piece A with mass m A and
piece B with mass m B. Two pieces then move across the floor along x-axis. Graph of position versus
time for the two pieces are given.

7. Which graphs pertain to physically possible explosions ?


(A) , V (B) V (C) ,  (D) IV

8. Based on the above question, Match column A with the column B.


Column A Column B (Graph number)
(P) m A = m B 
(Q) m A > m B 
(R) m A < m B 
V
V
VI
(A P-V, Q-, R - (B) P-, Q-V, R-V (C) P-, Q-V, R-V (D) P-V, Q-, R-V
9. If all the graphs are possible then, in which of the following cases external force must be acting on the
box
(A) II (B) V (C) VI (D) I

DPPS FILE # 79
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 50 Max. Time : 27 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Relative Motion
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]

1. The string is now replaced by a spring of spring constant k and


natural length . Mass 2m is fixed at the bottom of the frame. The
mass m which has the other end ofthe spring attached to it is
brought near the mass 2m and released as shown in figure. The
maximum angle  that the spring will substend at the centre will
be : (Take k = 10 N/m,  = 1 m, m = 1 kg and  = r)

(A) 60° (B) 30° (C) 90° (D) None of these

2. In the figure PQRS is a frictionless horizontal plane on which a particle


A of mass m moves in a circle of radius r with an angular velocity
such that 2 r = g/3. Another particle of mass m is tied to A through an
inextensible massless string. O is the hole through which string passes
down to B. B can move only vertically. The tension in the string at this
instant will be:

(A) mg/3 (B) 2 mg/3 (C) mg/6 (D) none


3. Two balls of same mass are released simultaneously from heights h & 2h from the ground level. The
balls collides with the floor & sticks to it. Then the velocity-time graph of centre of mass of the two balls
is best represented by :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

4. Displacement-time curve of a particle moving along a straight line is shown. Tangents at A and B make
angles 450 and 1350 with positive x-axis respectively. The average acceleration of the particle during
t = 1, t = 2 second is :

(A) – 2 m/s2 (B) 1 m/s2


(C) – 1 m/s2 (D) zero

DPPS FILE # 80
5. A particle A of mass m is situated at highest point of wedge B of mass 2 m is released from rest. Then
distance travelled by wedge B (with respect to ground) when particle A reaches at lowest position.
Assume all surfaces are smooth.

(A) 4/3 cm (B) 8/3 cm

(C) 2/3 cm (D) none of these

COMPREHENSION
Two racing cars 'A' and 'B' having masses 'M' and '2M' respectively start running from the starting line
on a horizontal plane. Both cars 'A' and 'B' have same speed 'V' which is constant through out the
journey. The track of the two cars are the arcs of concentric circle having centres O 1 and O 2 as shown
in figure with data. The friction coefficient of the two cars with the road is same. There is a finishing line
at the end of the arc. Using these informations solve the following questions.

t= 0
2M
B

M A
Starting line

r r O2
O1
r
Finishing line

6. Graph between the magnitude of relative velocity of the two car and time is :
vrel vrel vrel. vrel

(A) (B) (C) (D)

7. The magnitude of relative acceleration of two cars when car 'A' just reaches the end of circular arc of radius
'r'.

V2 V2 V2
(A) 0 (B) ( 5 – 2 2 ) (C) 2 (D)
2r r r
8. The time interval during which the two cars have same angular speed :
(A) Always along the motion (B) Never
r r
(C) (D)
2V 4V

9. Which of the following statements is incorrect.


(A) Both car reaches the finishing line at same time.
(B) Frictional force acting on the cars is directed towards centre whenever it acts
(C) Frictional force have same magnitude for two car 'A' and 'B' during the trip.
(D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 81
PHYSICS Total Marks : 30
DPP No. 51 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topics : Circular Motion, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]
1. A particle is attached with a string of length  which is fixed at point O on an inclined plane what
minimum velocity should be given to the particle along the incline so that it may complete a circle on
inclined plane (plane is smooth and initially particle was resting on the inclined plane.)

5 g 5 3g
(A) 5 g (B) (C) (D) 4 g
2 2
2. When a block is placed on a wedge as shown in figure, the block starts sliding down and the wedge
also start sliding on ground. All surfaces are rough. The centre of mass of (wedge + block) system will
move

rough

Block

Wedge

rough

(A) leftward and downward. (B) right ward and downward.


(C) leftward and upwards. (D) only downward.

3. A shell of mass 4 kg moving with a velocity 10 m/s vertically upward explodes into three parts at a height 50
m from ground. After three seconds, one part of mass 2 kg reaches ground and another part of mass 1 kg is
at height 40 m from ground. The height of the third part from the ground is: [ g = 10 m/s2 ]
(A) 50 m (B) 80 m (C) 100 m (D) none of these

4 A small hoop of mass m is given an initial velocity of magnitude v 0 on the horizontal circular ring of
radius ‘r’. If the coefficient of kinetic friction is µ k the tangential acceleration of the hoop immediately
after its release is (assume the horizontal ring to be fixed and not in contact with any supporting
surface)

v 02 v 20 v 04
(A) µk g (B) µk (C) µk g2  (D) µk g2 
r r r2

DPPS FILE # 82
5. A car moves around a curve at a constant speed. When the car goes around the arc subtending 60° at
the centre, then the ratio of magnitude of instantaneous acceleration to average acceleration over the
60° arc is :

  2 5
(A) (B) (C) (D)
3 6 3 3

6. Two blocks A and B each of same mass are attached by a thin inextensible string through an ideal
pulley. Initially block B is held in position as shown in figure. Now the block B is released. Bolck A will
slide to right and hit the pulley in time t A. Block B will swing and hit the surface in time t B. Assume the
surface as frictionless.

(A) t A = t B
(B) t A < t B
(C) t A > t B
(D) data are not sufficient to get relationship between t A and t B.

7. Mass 2m is kept on a smooth circular track of mass m which is kept on a smooth horizontal surface. The
circular track is given a horizontal velocity 2gR towards left. Find the maximum height reached by 2m.

8. Match the following


A
Following is a solid object formed by three parts which are a solid
hemisphere, solid cyllinder and a solid cone. The material of the object is d
uniform and all the above parts are made up of the same material. The B
dimensions of the objects are indicated in the figure. The points A,B,C,D,E
C d
lie on the common axis of the system as shown in the figure. Point C is the d/2
centre of the cylinder. D
d
Column I Column II E

(A) Centre of mass of the whole system lies on segment (p) AB


(B) Centre of mass of the system of only hemisphere and (q) BC
cyllinder lies on segment
(C) Centre of mass of the system of only cone and (r) CD
cyllinder lies on segment
(D) Centre of mass of the system of only hemisphere (s) DE
and cone lies on segment

DPPS FILE # 83
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 52 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. 8 small cubes of length  are stacked together to form a single cube. One cube is removed from this
system. The distance between the centre of mass of remaining 7 cubes and the original system is :

7 3 3 3
(A) (B)  (C)  (D) zero
16 16 14

2. A uniform rod of mass M and length L falls when it is made to stand on a smooth horizontal floor. The
trajectories of the points P, Q and R as shown in the figure given below is best represented by :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3. A man places a vertical uniform chain (of mass ‘m’ and length ‘  ’) on a table slowly. Initially the lower end of
the chain just touches the table. The man drops the chain when half of the chain is in vertical position. Then
work done by the man in this process is :
 mg 3mg mg
(A) – mg (B) – (C) – (D) –
2 4 8 8

DPPS FILE # 84
4. The potential energy (in S units) of a particle of mass 2 kg in a conservative field is U = 6x – 8y. If the initial

velocity of the particle is u = – 1.5 î + 2 ĵ then the total distance travelled by the particle in first two seconds
is
(A) 10 m (B) 12 m (C) 15 m (D) 18 m

5. A penguin of mass m stands at the right edge of a sled of mass 3m and legnth  . The sled lies on frictionless
ice. The penguin starts moving towards left, reaches the left end and jumps with a velocity u and at an angle
 relative to ground. (Neglect the height of the sled)


(A) Till the penguin reaches the left end, the sled is displaced by
4

(B) Till the penguin reaches the left end, the sled is displaced by
3
2
4 u sin 2
(C) After jumping, it will fall on the ground at a distance from the left end of the sled.
3 g
3 u 2 sin 2
(D) After jumping, it will fall on the ground at a distance from the left end of the sled.
4 g

6. Two blocks, of masses M and 2M, are connected to a light spring of spring constant K that has one end
fixed, as shown in figure. The horizontal surface and the pulley are frictionless. The blocks are released
from rest when the spring is non deformed. The string is light.

K
M

2M

4 Mg
(A) Maximum extension in the spring is .
K
2 M2 g2
(B) Maximum kinetic energy of the system is
K
(C) Maximum energy stored in the spring is four times that of maximum kinetic energy of the system.
4 M2 g2
(D) When kinetic energy of the system is maximum, energy stored in the spring is
K

7. In the figure shown the spring is compressed by ‘x0’ and released. Two blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ of masses ‘m’ and
‘2m’ respectively are attached at the ends of the spring. Blocks are kept on a smooth horizontal surface and
x0
released. Find the work done by the spring on ‘A’ by the time compression of the spring reduced to .
2

DPPS FILE # 85
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 53 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.6 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]
1. A small bob of mass ‘m’ is suspended by a massless string from a cart of the same mass ‘m’ as shown in
the figure.The friction between the cart and horizontal ground is negligible. The bob is given a velocity V0 in
horizontal direction as shown. The maximum height attained by the bob is, (initially whole system
(bob + string + cart) was at rest).

2 2 2 2
2V0 V0 V0 V0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
g g 4g 2g

1
2. In the figure shown, coefficient of restitution between A and B is e = , then :
2

v 3
(A) velocity of B after collision is (B) impulse on one of the balls during collision is mv
2 4
3 1
(C) loss of kinetic energy in the collision is mv 2 (D) loss of kinetic energy in the collision is mv 2
16 4
3. The circular vertical section of the fixed track shown is smooth with radius r = 0.9 cm and the horizontal
straight section is rough with  = 0.1. A block of mass 1 kg is placed at point 'Q' and given a horizontal
velocity of 3 m/s towards the spring. Distance QS = 40 cm and maximum compression in the spring is
10 cm during the motion (g = 10 m/s2) :

(A) The force constant of the spring is 200 N/m


(B) The velocity with which block returns to point 'Q' is 1 m/s
(C) At point P its velocity will be 0.8 m/s
(D) At point P, the normal reaction on the block is less than 55 N

DPPS FILE # 86
4. The end ' A ' of a uniform rod AB of length '  ' touches a horizontal smooth fixed surface. Initially the rod
makes an angle of 30º with the vertical. Find the magnitude of displacement of the end B just before it
touches the ground after the rod is released.

5. A man is standing on a cart of mass double the mass of the man. Initially cart is at rest on the smooth
ground. Now man jumps with relative velocity 'v' horizontally towards right with respect to cart. Find the work
done by man during the process of jumping.

/////////////////////////////////////////////

6. A small block of mass m 1 lies over a long plank of mass m 2. The plank in turn lies over a smooth
horizontal surface. The coefficient of friction between m 1 and m 2 is . A horizontal force F is applied to
the plank as shown in figure. Column-I gives four situation corresponding to the system given above.
In each situation given in column-I, both bodies are initially at rest and subsequently the plank is pulled
by the horizontal force F. Take length of plank to be large enough so that block does not fall from it.
Match the statements in column-I with results in column-II.

Column-I Column-II

(A) If there is no relative motion between the (p) positive


block and plank, the work done by force of friction
acting on block in some time interval is
(B) If there is no relative motion between the (r) zero
block and plank, the work done by force of friction
acting on plank is some time interval
(C) If there is relative motion between the (q) negative
block and plank, then work done by friction force
acting on block plus work done by
friction acting on plank is
(D) If there is no relative motion between the (s) is equal to non mechanical
block and plank, then work done by energy produced
friction force acting on block plus work
done by friction acting on plank is

DPPS FILE # 87
PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 54 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Circular Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of mass ‘m’ and radius R is placed on a smooth horizontal floor such that the plane surface of
the disc is in contact with the floor. A man of mass m/2 stands on the disc at its periphery. The man starts
walking along the periphery of the disc. The size of the man is negligible as compared to the size of the disc.
Then the centre of disc.

R 2R
(A) moves along a circle of radius (B) moves along a circle of radius
3 3

R
(C) moves along a circle of radius (D) does not move along a circle
2
2. For a two-body system in absence of external forces, the kinetic energy as measured from ground frame is
Ko and from center of mass frame is Kcm. Pick up the wrong statement
(A) The kinetic energy as measured from center of mass frame is least
(B) Only the portion of energy Kcm can be transformed from one form to another due to internal changes
in the system.
(C) The system always retains at least Ko – Kcm amount of kinetic energy as measured from ground
frame irrespective of any kind of internal changes in the system.
(D) The system always retains at least Kcm amount of kinetic energy as measured from ground frame
irrespective of any kind of internal changes in the system
3. A ball of mass m = 200 gm is suspended from a point A by an inextensible string of length L. Ball is
3
drawn to a side and held at same level as A but at a distance L from A as shown. Now the ball is
2
released. Then : (assume string applies only that much jerk which is required so that velocity along
string becomes zero).

(A) speed of ball just before experiencing jerk is gL


3gL
(B) speed of ball just after experiencing jerk is
2
gL
(C) Impulse applied by string
10
(D) ball will experience jerk after reaching to point B.

DPPS FILE # 88
4. Two blocks of mass m1 and m2 are connected with an ideal spring on a smooth horizontal surface as shown
in figure. At t = 0 m1 is at rest and m2 is moving with a velocity v towards right. At this time spring is in its
natural length. Prove that if m1 < m2 block of mass m2 will never come to rest.

v
m1 m2

5. The friction coefficient between the horizontal surface and each of the blocks shown in figure is 0.20.
The collision between the blocks is perfectly elastic. Find the separation between the two blocks (in
cm) when they come to rest. Take g = 10 m/s2.

1 m/s
2 kg 4 kg
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
16 cm
COMPREHENSION

A ring of radius R is made of a thin wire of material of density  having cross section area a. The ring
rotates with angular velocity  about an axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to the plane.
If we consider a small element of the ring, it rotates in a circle. The required centripetal force is provided
by the component of tensions on the element towards the centre. A small element of length d  of
angular width d is shown in the figure.

6. The centripetal force acting on the element is


1
(A) (a. d 2R) (B) R2d2 (C) a d 2 R (D) zero
2

7. If T is the tension in the ring, then

aR 2 2
(A) T = (B) T = a  R22 (C) a2  2 (D) T = 2 a R22
2

8. If for a given mass of the ring and angular velocity, the radius R of the ring is increased to 2R, the new
tension will be
(A) T/2 (B) T (C) 2T (D) 4T

DPPS FILE # 89
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 55 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topic : Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]

1. A glass ball collides with a smooth horizontal surface in xz plane with a velocity v  a î  bˆj . If the
coefficient of restitution of collision is e, then the velocity of the ball just after the impact will be :

(A) a î  b ĵ (B) a î  eb ĵ (C) a î  bĵ (D) a î  eb ĵ

2. As shown in the figure a body of mass m moving horizontally with


speed 3 m/s hits a fixed smooth wedge and goes up with a velocity
v f in the vertical direction. If  of wedge is 30º, the velocity v f will be:
(A) 3 m/s (B) 3 m/s
1
(C) m/s (D) this is not possible
3
3. A plank of mass m moving with a velocity ' v ' along a frictionless
horizontal track and a body of mass m/2 moving with 2 v collides with
plank elastically. Final speed of the plank is :

5v 3v 2v
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
3 3 3
COMPREHENSION

Two friends A and B (each weighing 40 kg) are sitting on a frictionless platform some distance d apart.
A rolls a ball of mass 4 kg on the platform towards B which B catches. Then B rolls the ball towards A
and A catches it. The ball keeps on moving back and forth between A and B. The ball has a fixed speed
of 5 m/s on the platform.

4. Find the speed of A after he rolls the ball for the first time
(A) 0.5 m/s (B) 5m/s (C) 1 m/s (D) None of these

5. Find the speed of A after he catches the ball for the first time.
10 50 10
(A) m/s (B) m/s (C) m/s (D) None of these
21 11 11

6. Find the speeds of A and B after the ball has made 5 round trips and is held by A :
10 50 50 10 50
(A) m/s , m/s (B) m/s, m/s (C) m/s, 5 m/s (D) None of these
11 11 11 11 11

7. How many times can A roll the ball ?


(A) 6 (B) 5 (C) 7 (D) None of these

8. Where is the centre of mass of the system “ A + B + ball” at the end of the nth trip? (Give the distance
from the initail position of A)
10 10 50
(A) d (B) d (C) d (D) None of these
11 21 11

DPPS FILE # 90
PHYSICS Total Marks : 23
DPP No. 56 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]

1. A stone of mass M is tied at the end of a string, is moving in a circle of radius R, with a constant
angular velocity . The total work done on the stone, in any half circle, is :

(A)  MR2 2 (B) 2 MR2 2 (C) MR2 2 (D) 0


2. A hollow sphere of mass ‘m’ and radius R rests on a smooth horizontal surface. A simple pendulum having
string of length R and bob of mass m hangs from top most point of the sphere as shown. A bullet of mass ‘m’
and velocity ‘v’ partially penetrates the left side of the sphere and stick to it. The velocity of the sphere just
after collision with bullet is.

v v 2v 3v
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 3 3 5

3. In the fig. shown a cart moves on a smooth horizontal surface due to an external constant force of
magnitude F. The initial mass of the cart is M 0 and velocity is zero. Sand falls on to the cart with
negligible velocity at constant rate  kg/s and sticks to the cart. The velocity of the cart at time t is :

Ft F t t Ft Ft
(A) (B) e (C) (D) e t
M0   t M0 M0 M0   t

4. Block ‘ A ‘ is hanging from a vertical spring and is at rest. Block ‘ B ‘ strikes


the block ‘A’ with velocity ‘ v ‘ and sticks to it. Then the value of ‘ v ‘ for
which the spring just attains natural length is:

60 m g2 6 m g2
(A) (B)
k k

10 m g2
(C) (D) none of these
k

DPPS FILE # 91
5. A strip of wood of mass M and length  is placed on a smooth horizontal surface. An insect of mass m
starts at one end of the strip and walks to the other end in time t , moving with a constant speed.

(A) the speed of insect as seen from the ground is <
t
  M 
(B) the speed of the strip as seen from the ground is  
t Mm
  M 
(C) the speed of the insect as seen from the ground is  
t Mm
2
1 
(D) the total kinetic energy of the system is (m + M)   .
2 t

6. Initial velocity and acceleration of a particle are as shown in the figure. Acceleration vector of particle remain
constant. Then radius of curvature of path of particle :

(A) is 9m initially
9
(B) is m initially
3
9
(C) will have minimum value of m
8
3
(D) will have minimum value m
8

7. STATEMENT-1 : A sphere of mass m moving with speed u undergoes a perfectly elastic head on collision
with another sphere of heavier mass M at rest (M > m), then direction of velocity of sphere of mass m is
reversed due to collision [no external force acts on system of two spheres]
STATEMENT-2 : During a collision of spheres of unequal masses, the heavier mass exerts more force on
lighter mass in comparison to the force which lighter mass exerts on heavier mass.
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True

DPPS FILE # 92
PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 57 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Newton’s Law of Motion, Circular Motion, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks 3 min.) [12, 12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. The moment of inertia of a door of mass m, length 2  and width  about its longer side is

11m 2 5m 2
(A) (B)
24 24

m 2
(C) (D) none of these
3

2. Two blocks of equal mass are ties with a light string which passes over a massless pulley as shown in
figure. The magnitude of acceleration of centre of mass of both the blocks is (neglect friction everywhere):

3 1
(A) g (B) ( 3  1) g
4 2

g  3  1
 
(C) (D)  g
2  2 

3. Three point masses are arranged as shown in the figure. Moment of inertia of the system about the
axis O O  is : (passing through its plane)

ma 2
(A) 2 m a2 (B)
2
(C) m a2 (D) none of these

DPPS FILE # 93
4. A section of fixed smooth circular track of radius R in vertical plane is shown in the figure. A block is released
from position A and leaves the track at B. The radius of curvature of its trajectory when it just leaves the track
at B is:

R R
(A) R (B) (C) (D) none of these
4 2
5. In the figure, the block B of mass m starts from rest at the top of a wedge W of mass M. All surfaces
are without friction. W can slide on the ground. B slides down onto the ground, moves along ground
with a speed , has an elastic collision with the wall, and climbs back onto W.

(A) B will reach the top of W again


(B) from the beginning, till the collision with the wall, the centre of mass of 'B + W' is stationary in horizontal
direction
2m 
(C) after the collision the centre of mass of 'B + W' moves with the velocity
mM
2m 
(D) when B reaches its highest position on W, the speed of W is
mM

6. In a free space a rifle of mass M shoots a bullet of mass m at a stationary block of mass M distance D
away from it. When the bullet has moved through a distance d towards the block the centre of mass of
the bullet-block system is at a distance of :

( D  d) m md  MD
(A) from the block (B) from the rifle
Mm Mm

2 d m  DM M
(C) from the rifle (D) (D  d) from the bullet
Mm Mm

7. A uniform circular chain of radius r and mass m rests over a sphere of radius R as shown in figure. Friction is
absent everywhere and system is in equilibrium. Find the tension in the chain.

DPPS FILE # 94
PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 58 Max. Time : 35 min.

Topics : Friction, Center of Mass, Rigid Body Dynamics, Rotation

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q .1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [16, 20]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3 , 3]

1. In the figure m A = m B = m C = 60 kg. The co-efficient of friction between C and ground is 0.5, B and
ground is 0.3, A & B is 0.4. C is pulling the string with the maximum possible force without moving.
Then tension in the string connected to A will be:

(A) 120 N (B) 60 N


(C) 100 N (D) zero

2. A particle of mass m is given initial speed u as shown in the figure. It move to the fixed inclined plane without
a jump, that is, its trajectory changes sharply from the horizontal line to the inclined line. All the surfaces are
smooth and 90    0. Then the height to which the particle shall rise on the inclined plane (assume the
length of the inclined plane to be very large)

(A) increases with increase in  (B) decreaseswith increase in 


(C) is independent of  (D) data insufficient

3. The moment of inertia of a thin sheet of mass M of the given shape about the specified axis is (axis and
sheet both are in same plane:)

7 5
(A) Ma2 (B) Ma2
12 12

1 1
(C) Ma2 (D) Ma2
3 12

DPPS FILE # 95
4. A man stands at one end of a boat which is stationary in water. Neglect water resistance. The man now
moves to the other end of the boat and again becomes stationary. The centre of mass of the 'man plus boat'
system will remain stationary with respect to water.
(A) in all cases
(B) only when the man is stationary initially and finally
(C) only if the man moves without acceleration on the boat
(D) only if the man and the boat have equal masses.

5. A uniform semicircular disc of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ is shown in the figure. Find out its moment of inertia
about
(a) axis ‘AB’ (shown in the figure) which passes through geometrical centre and lies in the plane of the
disc
(b) axis ‘CD’ which passes through its centre of mass and it is perpendicular to the plane of the disc.

6. A massless ring hangs from a thread and two beads of m ass


m slide on it without friction . The beads are released simultaneously
from the top of the ring and slide down along opposite sides.Find
the angle from vertical at which the ring will start to rise.

7. Find out the moment of inertia of the following structure (written as ) about axis AB made of
thin uniform rods of mass per unit length .

8. A spherical cavity is formed from a solid sphere by removing mass from it.
The resultant configuration is shown in figure. Find out the moment of
inertia of this configuration about the axis through centre of the solid sphere
as shown. Take mass M (uniform) for the configuration and radius R for
solid sphere and radius R/2 for cavity.

9. STATEMENT-1 : Two spheres undergo a perfectly elastic collision. The kinetic energy of system of both
spheres is always constant. [There is no external force on system of both spheres].

STATEMENT-2 : If net external force on a system is zero, the velocity of centre of mass remains constant.
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1.
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True

DPPS FILE # 96
PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 59 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of radius R lies in the x-y plane, with its centre at origin. its moment of inertia about
z-axis is equal to its moment of inertia about line y = x + c. The value of c will be

R R R
(A)  (B) ± (C) (D) –R
2 2 4

2. A square plate of edge a/2 is cut out from a uniform square plate of edge 'a' as shown in figure. The
mass of the remaining portion is M. The moment of inertia of the shaded portion about an axis passing
through 'O' (centre of the square of side a) and perpendicular to plane of the plate is :

9 3 5 Ma 2
(A) Ma2 (B) 16 Ma2 (C) Ma2 (D)
64 12 6

3. Moment of inertia of uniform triangular plate about axis passing through sides AB, AC, BC are IP, IB & IH
respectively & about an axis perpendicular to the plane and passing through point C is IC. Then :

(A) IC > IP > IB > IH (B) IH > IB > IC > IP


(C) IP > IH > IB > IC (D) IH > IB = IC > IP

4. Moment of inertia of a uniform quarter disc of radius R and mass M about an axis through its centre of
mass and perpendicular to its plane is :
2 2
M R2  4R  M R2  4R 
(A) M   (B) M  2 
2  3  2  3  

2 2
M R2  4R  M R2  4R 
(C) +M   (D) +M  2 
2  3  2  3  

DPPS FILE # 97
5. A uniform horizontal beam of length L and mass M is attached to a wall by a pin connection. Its far end is
supported by a cable that makes an angle  with the horizontal. If a man of mass ‘m’ stands at a distance 
from the wall, find the tension in the cable in equilibrium.

COMPREHENSION

Two beads of mass 2m and m, connected by a rod of length  and of negligible mass are free to move in
a smooth vertical circular wire frame of radius  as shown. Initially the system is held in horizontal
position (Refer figure)

2m m

6. The velocity that should be given to mass 2m (when rod is in horizontal position) in counter-clockwise
direction so that the rod just becomes vertical is :

5g   3 3  1 3 5
 g  g g
(A) (B)  3  (C) (D)
3   2 2

7. The minimum velocity that should be given to the mass 2m in clockwise direction to make it vertical is:

5g  7g   3 3  1
 g 
(A) (B) (C)  3  (D) None of these
3 3  
8. If the rod is replaced by a massless string of length  and the system is released when the string is
horizontal then :
(A) Mass 2m will arrive earlier at the bottom.
(B) Mass m will arrive earlier at the bottom.
(C) Both the masses will arrive together but with different speeds.
(D) Both the masses will arrive together with same speeds.

DPPS FILE # 98
PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 60 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Work ,Power and Energy, Center of Mass, Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q. 5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. On a disc of radius R a concentric circle of radius R/2 is drawn.The


disc is free to rotate about a frictionless fixed axis through its center
and perpendicular to plane of the disc. All three forces (in plane of the
disc) shown in figure are exerted tangent to their respective circular
periphery. The magnitude of the net torque (about centre of disc) acting
on the disc is:
(A) 1.5 FR (B) 1.9 FR (C) 2.3 FR (D) 2.5 FR

2. A particle starts moving from rest from the origin & moves along positive x-direction. Its rate of change
of kinetic energy with time shown on y-axis varies with time t as shown in the graph. If position,
velocity, acceleration & kinetic energy of the particle at any time t are x, v, a & k respectively then
which of the option (s) may be correct ?

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3. Two identical rods are joined at one of their ends by a pin. Joint is smooth
and rods are free to rotate about the joint. Rods are released in vertical
plane on a smooth surface as shown in the figure. The displacement of the
joint from its initial position to the final position is (i.e. when the rods lie
straight on the ground)

L 17 5L
(A) (B) L (C) (D) none of these
4 4 2
4. Figure shows an ideal pulley block of mass m = 1 kg, resting on a rough
ground with friction coefficient µ = 1.5. Another block of mass M = 11 kg is
hanging as shown. When system is released it is found that the magnitude
of acceleration of point P on string is a. Find value of 4a in m/s2.
(Use g = 10 m/s2)

DPPS FILE # 99
5. In figure the uniform gate weighs 300 N and is 3 m wide & 2 m high. It is supported by a hinge at the
bottom left corner and a horizontal
cable at the top left corner, as shown. Find :
(a) the tension in the cable and
(b) the force that the hinge exerts on the gate (magnitude & direction).

COMPREHENSION

A ball is projected on a very long floor. There may be two conditions


(i) floor is smooth & (ii) the collision is elastic
If both are considered then the path of ball is as follows.

loop1 loop2 loop3 and so on

x x x

Now if collision is inelastic and surface is rough then the path is as follows.

loop1 loop2 loop3

Successive range is decreasing.


Roughness of surface decreases the horizontal component of ball during collision and inelastic nature of
collision decreases the vertical component of velocity of ball. In first case both components remain unchanged
in magnitude and in second case both the components of the velocity will change.
Let us consider a third case here surface is rough but the collision of ball with floor is elastic. A ball is
projected with speed u at an angle 30° with horizontal and it is known that after collision with the floor its

u
speed becomes . Then answer the following questions.
3

6. The angle made by the resultant velocity vector of the ball with horizontal after first collision with floor is :
(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 90° (D) 45°
H 
7. The ratio of maximum height reached by ball in first loop and second loop  1  is :
 H2 

1 1 1
(A) (B) (C) 1 (D)
4 2 3

8. If the ball after first collision with the floor had rebounded vertically then the speed of the ball just after
the collision with the floor would have been :

3
(A) u (B) u/2 (C) u (D) None of these
2

DPPS FILE # 100


PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 61 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamics

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q.7 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9 , 9]

1. A ball collides elastically with a massive wall moving towards it with a velocity of v as shown. The collision
occurs at a height of h above ground level and the velocity of the ball just before collision is 2v in horizontal
direction. The distance between the foot of the wall and the point on the ground where the ball lands, at the
instant the ball lands, will be :

2h 2h 2h 2h
(A) v g (B) 2v g (C) 3 v g (D) 4v g

2. A block attached to a spring, pulled by a constant horizontal force, is kept on a smooth surface as shown in
the figure. Initially, the spring is in the natural state. Then the maximum positive work that the applied force
F can do is : [Given that spring does not break]

F2 2F 2 F2
(A) (B) (C)  (D)
K K 2K

3. A planar object made up of a uniform square plate and four semicircular discs of the same thickness
and material is being acted upon by four forces of equal magnitude as shown in figure. The coordinates
of point of application of forces is given by

(A) (0, a) (B) (0, –a)


(C) (a, 0) (D) (–a, 0)

DPPS FILE # 101


4. The angular velocity of a rigid body about any point of that body is same:
(A) only in magnitude
(B) only in direction
(C) both in magnitude and direction necessarily
(D) both in magnitude and direction about some points, but not about all points.

5. On a smooth carrom board, a coin located at (4, 6) is moving in negative


ydirection with speed 3 m/s is being hit at that point by a striker
moving along negative x-axis. The line joining centre of the coin and
striker just before the collision is parallel to x-axis. After collision the
coin goes into the hole located at origin. Mass of the striker and the
coin is equal. Considering the collision to be elastic, find the velocity
(in vector form) of the striker before the collision and after the collision.

6. A uniform chain of mass m and length  hangs on a thread and


touches the surf ace of a table by its lower end. Find the force
exerted by the table on the chain when half of its length has fallen
on the table. The fallen part does not form heap.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth rope of mass m and length L lies in a heap on a smooth horizontal floor, with one end attached to
a block of mass M. The block is given a sudden kick and instantaneously acquires a horizontal velocity of
magnitude V0 as shown in figure 1. As the block moves to right pulling the rope from heap, the rope being
smooth, the heap remains at rest. At the instant block is at a distance x from point P as shown in figure-2
(P is a point on the rope which has just started to move at the given instant) , choose correct options for next
three question.

7. The speed of block of mass M is

mV0 MV0 m 2 V0 M2 V0
(A) m (B) m (C) (D)
m m
(M  x ) (M  x ) M (M  x) m (M  x )
L L L L

8. The magnitude of acceleration of block of mass M is

m3 V02 mM2 V02 m4 V02 M2 V02


(A) m
(B) m
(C) m
(D) m
L L ML L
(M  x )3 (M  x )3 (M  x )3 (M  x )3
L L L L

9. The tension in rope at point P is

mM2 V02 m 2M V02 m3 V02 M3 V02


(A) m (B) (C) (D)
L L m L m L m
(M  x )2 (M  x )2 (M  x )2 (M  x )2
L L L L

DPPS FILE # 102


PHYSICS Total Marks : 30
DPP No. 62 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topics : Friction, Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q.8 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]
1. In which of the following cases the friction force between'A' and 'B' is maximum. In all cases
1=0.5,2 = 0.

g
2k
1
1 A 2kg A
Fixed
(A) B 3kg 10N (B)
2 B
37°

1 A 2kg
2 B
3kg
(C) (D)

C 1kg

2. A uniform stick of mass M is placed in a frictionless well as shown. The stick makes an angle  with
the horizontal. Then the force which the vertical wall exerts on right end of stick is :

Mg Mg
(A) (B)
2 cot  2 tan 

Mg Mg
(C) (D)
2 cos  2 sin 

3. Two small spheres of equal mass, and heading towards each other with equal speeds, undergo a head-
on collision (no external force acts on system of two spheres). Then which of the following statement
is correct?
(A) Their final velocities must be zero.
(B) Their final velocities may be zero.
(C) Each must have a final velocity equal to the other’s initial velocity.
(D) Their velocities must be reduced in magnitude
4. In the figure shown a uniform rod of mass ‘m’ and length ‘’ is hinged at one
end and the other end is connected to a light vertical spring of spring
constant ‘k’ as shown in figure. The spring has extension such that rod is
in equilibrium when it is horizontal. The rod can rotate about horizontal
axis passing through end ‘B’. Neglecting friction at the hinge find
a) extension in the spring (b) the force on the rod due to hinge.

DPPS FILE # 103


COMPREHENSION

Uniform rod AB is hinged at the end A in a horizontal position as shown in the figure (the hinge is frictionless,
that is, it does not exert any friction force on the rod). The other end of the rod is connected to a block through
a massless string as shown. The pulley is smooth and massless. Masses of the block and the rod are
same and are equal to ' m '.

5. Then just after release of block from this position, the tension in the thread is
mg 5 mg 11mg 3 mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
8 8 8 8
6. Then just after release of block from this position, the angular acceleration of the rod is
g 5g 11g 3g
(A) 8  (B) 8  (C) 8  (D) 8 

7. Then just after release of block from this position, the magnitude of reaction exerted by hinge on the rod is
3 mg 5 mg 9 mg 7 mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
16 16 16 16
8. Four identical rods, each of mass m and length l are joined to form a rigid square frame. The frame lies in the
X-Y plane, with its centre at the origin and the sides parallel to the x and y axis. it’s moment of inertia about

 x

Column I Column II
(A) An axis parallel to z-axis (p) 5/3 m2
and passing through a corner
(B) One side (q) 2/3 m2
(C) The x-axis (r) 4/3 m2
(D) The z-axis (s) 10/3 m2

DPPS FILE # 104


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 63 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, Circular Motion, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q. 5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disc of mass m and radius r and a point mass m are arranged as shown in the figure. The
acceleration of point mass is: (Assume there is no slipping between pulley and thread and the disc can
rotate smoothly about a fixed horizontal axis passing through its centre and perpendicular to its plane)

g g
(A) (B)
2 3

2g
(C) (D) none of these
3

2. Mass m is connected with an ideal spring of natural length whose other end is fixed on a smooth horizontal
table. Initially spring is in its natural length . Mass m is given a velocity ‘v’ perpendicular to the spring and
released. The velocity perpendicular to the spring when its length is  + x, will be

2 v 2v 2 
(A) (B)
x x
v
(C) (D) zero
x

3. A ball of mass m is attached to the lower end of a light vertical spring of force constant k. The upper end
of the spring is fixed. The ball is released from rest with the spring at its normal (unstretched) length,
and comes to rest again after descending through a distance x.
mg 2 mg
(A) x = (B) x =
k k
x
(C) the ball will have no acceleration at the position where it has descended through
2
(D) the ball will have an upward acceleration equal to g at its lowermost position.

DPPS FILE # 105


4. A rod AB is moving on a fixed circle of radius R with constant velocity ‘v’ as shown in figure. P is the point of
3R
intersection of the rod and the circle. At an instant the rod is at a distance x = from centre of the circle.
5
The velocity of the rod is perpendicular to the rod and the rod is always parallel to the diameter CD.

(a) Find the speed of point of intersection P.


(b) Find the angular speed of point of intersection
P with respect to centre of the circle.

5. A uniform beam of length L and mass ‘m’ is supported as shown. If the


cable suddenly breaks, determine; immediately after the release.
(a) the acceleration of end B.
(b) the reaction at the pin support.

COMPREHENSION

A smooth ball 'A' moving with velocity 'V' collides with another smooth identical ball at rest. After
collision both the balls move with same speed with angle between their velocities 60°. No external force
acts on the system of balls.

6. The speed of each ball after the collision is

V V V 2V
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 3 3 3

7. If the kinetic energy lost is fully converted to heat then heat produced is
1 2 1
(A) mV2 (B) mV2 (C) 0 (D) mV 2
3 3 6

8. The value of coefficient of restitution is


1 1
(A) 1 (B) (C) (D) 0
3 3

DPPS FILE # 106


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 64 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Newton’s law of Motion, Relative Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Friction

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A compound sphere is made by joining a hemispherical shell and a solid hemisphere of same radius R and
same mass as shown in figure. This system is kept between two smooth parallel walls and a smooth floor
with the hollow hemisphere on the top as shown in figure. The maximum angular velocity of the compound
sphere when the system is slightly disturbed is (all surfaces are smooth)

15g 15g 15g 15g


(A) (B) (C) (D)
64R 32R 16R 8R

2. A particle is placed at the origin of the coordinate system. Two forces of magnitude 20 N & 10 N act on it as
shown in figure. It is found that it starts moving towards the point (1,1). The net unknown force acting on the
particle at this position can be :

(A) 15 2 at angle 45º with positive x axis (B) 5 2 at angle 135º with positive x axis
(C) 5 2 at angle -45º with positive x axis (D) None of these

3. A railway compartment is 16 m long, 2.4 m wide and 3.2 m high. It is moving with a velocity V. A particle
moving horizontally with a speed u, perpendicular to the direction of V , enters through a hole at an
upper corner A and strikes the diagonally opposite corner B. Assume g = 10 m/s2.

(A)  = 20 m/s
(B) u = 3 m/s
(C) to an observer inside the compartment , the path of the particle is a parabola
(D) to a stationary observer outside the compartment , the path of the particle is a parabola

DPPS FILE # 107


4. In the figure (i) a disc of mass M (kg) and radius R (m) is rotating smoothly about a fixed vertical axis AB
R
with angular speed 26 rad/s. A rod CD of length (m) and mass M (kg) is hinged at one end at point ‘D’ on
2
the disc. The rod remains in vertical position and rotates along with the disc about axis AB. At some
moment the rod CD gets a very small impulse at point ‘C’ due to air due to which the rod falls on the disc
along one radius and sticks to the disc as shown in figure (ii). Now find the angular velocity of the disc in
rad/s.

5. Block B of mass 2 kg rests on block A of mass 10 kg. All surfaces are rough with the value of coefficient of
friction as shown in the figure. Find the minimum force F that should be applied on block A to cause relative
motion between A and B. (g = 10 m/s2)

COMPREHENSION

A horizontal uniform rod of mass 'm' has its left end hinged to the fixed incline plane, while its right end rests on
the top of a uniform cylinder of mass 'm' which in turn is at rest on the fixed inclined plane as shown. The
coefficient of friction between the cylinder and rod, and between the cylinder and inclined plane, is sufficient to
keep the cylinder at rest.

6. The magnitude of normal reaction exerted by the rod on the cylinder is


mg mg mg 2 mg
(A) (B) (C) (D)
4 3 2 3

7. The ratio of magnitude of frictional force on the cylinder due to the rod and the magnitude of frictional force on
the cylinder due to the inclined plane is:
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 3 (C) 2 : 1 (D) 2 :1

8. The magnitude of normal reaction exerted by the inclined plane on the cylinder is:
3 mg 5 mg
(A) mg (B) (C) 2mg (D)
2 4

DPPS FILE # 108


PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 65 Max. Time : 27 min.

Topic : Rigid Body Dynamics

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A bar of mass M and length L is in pure translatory motion with its centre of mass velocity V. It collides with
and sticks to a second identical bar which is initially at rest. (Assume that it becomes one composite bar of
length 2L). The angular velocity of the composite bar will be

3 V 4 V
(A) clockwise (B) clockwise
4 L 3 L

3 V V
(C) counterclockwise (D) counterclockwise
4 L L

2. A smooth tube of certain mass is rotated in gravity free space. The two balls shown in the figure move
towards ends of the tube. For the whole system which of the following quantity is not conserved.

(A) Angular momentum (B) Linear momentum


(C) Kinetic energy (D) Angular speed

3. A uniform disc of mass M and radius R is released from the shown position. PQ is a string, OP is a
horizontal line, O is the centre of the disc and distance OP is R/2. Then tension in the string just after the
disc is released will be:

Mg Mg 2Mg
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
2 3 3

DPPS FILE # 109


4. Which of the following statements is/are true
(A) work done by kinetic friction on an object may be positive.
(B) A rigid body rolls up an inclined plane without sliding. The friction force on it will be upwards.
(only contact force and gravitational force is acting)
(C) A rigid body rolls down an inclined plane without sliding. The friction force on it will be upwards.
(only contact force and gravitational force is acting)
(D) A rigid body is left from rest and having no angular velocity from the top of a rough inclined plane. It
moves down the plane with slipping. The friction force on it will be upwards.

5. Find the acceleration of solid right circular roller A, weighing 12 kg when it is being pulled by another
weight B (6 kg) along the horizontal plane as in figure (pulley is massless). The weight B is attached to
the end of a string wound around the circumference of roller. Assume there is no slipping of the roller
and the string is inextensible.

COMPREHENSION

A small ball (uniform solid sphere) of mass m is released from the top of a wedge of the same mass m.
The wedge is free to move on a smooth horizontal surface. The ball rolls without sliding on the wedge.
The required height of the wedge are mentioned in the figure.

h
P
m
h
Q

6. The speed of the wedge when the ball is just going to leave the wedge at point 'P' of the wedge is

5gh 5gh
(A) (B) gh (C) (D) None of these
9 6

7. The total kinetic energy of the ball just before it falls on the ground
13
(A) 2 mgh (B) mgh (C) mgh (D) None of these
18
8. The horizontal separation between the ball and the edge 'PQ' of wedge just before the ball falls on
the ground is

3 10 2 10
(A) h (B) h (C) 2 h (D) None of these
2 3

DPPS FILE # 110


PHYSICS Total Marks : 23
DPP No. 66 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ring and a disc of same mass m and same radius R are joined concentrically. This system is placed
on a smooth plane with the common axis parallel to the plane as shown in figure. A horizontal force F
is applied on the system at a point which is at a distance x from the centre. The value of x so that it
starts pure rolling is

Ring,m F
x 90º

Disc,m
R

smooth

R 3R
(A) (B)
2 4
(C) R (D) Pure rolling is not possible as the floor is smooth.

2. A particle of mass m is moving along the x-axis with speed v when it collides with a particle of mass 2m
initially at rest. After the collision, the first particle has come to rest, and the second particle has split
into two equal-mass pieces that are shown in the figure. Which of the following statements correctly
describes the speeds of the two pieces
? ( > 0)

(A) Each piece moves with speed v.


(B) Each piece moves with speed v/2.
(C) One of the pieces moves with speed v/2, the other moves with speed greater than v/2
(D) Each piece moves with speed greater than v/2.

3. A thin uniform rod AB is sliding between two fixed right angled surfaces. At some instant its angular velocity
is . If Ix represent moment of inertia of the rod about an axis perpendicular to the plane and passing through
the point X (A, B, C or D), the kinetic enegy of the rod is
1 1
(A)  A 2 (B)  B2
2 2

1 1
(C)  C 2 (D)  D 2
2 2

DPPS FILE # 111


4. A solid sphere of mass m and radius r is given an initial angular velocity 0 and a linear velocity v 0 = 
r 0 from a point A on a rough horizontal surface. It is observed that the ball turns back and returns to
the point A after some time if  is less than a certain maximum value 0. Find 0.

COMPREHENSION

A wheel is released on a rough horizontal floor after imparting it an initial horizontal velocity v 0 and
angular velocity 0 as shown in the figure below. Point O is the centre of mass of the wheel and point P
is its instantaneous point of contact with the ground. The radius of wheel is r and its radius of gyration
about O is k. Coefficient of friction between wheel and ground is . A is a fixed point on the ground.

5. Which of the following is conserved ?


(A) linear momentum of wheel
(B) Angular momentum of wheel about O
(C) Angular momentum of wheel about A
(D) none of these

6. If the wheel comes to permanent rest after sometime, then :

0 k 2 0 r 2  k2 
(A) v 0 = 0r (B) v 0 = (C) v 0 = (D) V0 = 0  r  

r R  r 

7. In above question, distance travelled by centre of mass of the wheel before it stops is -
2 2
v 0  r 2  v0
2
v0  k2
1 


(A) 2g  1  2 (B) (C) 2g (D) None of these
 r2 
 k  2g  

DPPS FILE # 112


PHYSICS Total Marks : 31
DPP No. 67 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass, Rotation

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.9 (3 marks, 3 min.) [21, 21]
Assertion and Reason (no negative marking) Q. 10 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
1. There are four arrangements of a solid cylinder and a plank as shown in the figures. Some surfaces are
smooth and some are rough as indicated. There is no slipping at each rough surface. The plank and/or centre
of cylinder are given a horizontal constant velocity as shown in each of the situations. Using this information
fill in the blanks.

plank V
rough
C
(i) smooth The speed of center of mass of the cylinder is ___________.

plank
V

C rough
(ii) The angular velocity of the cylinder is __________.
V
plank

(iii) C rough The speed of center of mass of the cylinder is _________ .


plank V

(iv) The angular velocity of the cylinder is ___________ .

(a) V
(b) V/R
(c) 2V/R
(d) 4V/R
(e) cannot be determined from the given information
(f) Zero.
(A) (i) d (ii) b (iii) f (iv) c (B) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) b (C) (i) e (ii) d (iii) f (iv) c

(D) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) a (E) (i) e (ii) b (iii) f (iv) d
2. A student throws a horizontal stick of length L up into the air. At the moment it leaves her hand the
speed of stick's closest end is zero . The stick completes N turns just as it is caught by the student at
the initial release point . Find the height h to which the centre of mass of the rod rises .

DPPS FILE # 113


COMPREHENSION

In figure, a block A of mass 2kg is moving to the right with a speed 5m/s on a horizontal frictionless surface.
Another block B of mass 3 kg with a massless spring of spring constant 222 N/m attached to it, is moving to
the left on the same surface and with a speed 2 m/s. Let us take the direction to the right as the positive X–
direction. At some instant, block A collides with the spring attached to block B. At some other instant, the
spring has maximum compression and then, finally, the blocks move with their final velocities. Assuming that
(i) the spring force is conservative and so there is no conversion of kinetic energy to internal energy and (ii) no
sound is made when block A hits the spring, answer the following questions.

3. Velocity of centre of mass of the system of blocks A and B, before collision is :


(A) zero (B)  0.6 î m/s (C)  0.8 î m/s (D) 1.4 î m/s

4. In the collision process, while the spring is getting compressed :


(A) both linear momentum and kinetic energy are conserved
(B) both linear momentum and mechanical energy are conserved
(C) linear momentum is conserved but mechanical energy is not conserved
(D) Neither the linear momentum nor the mechanical energy remain conserved

5. Final velocity of block A will be :


(A) 2.5 î m/s (B)  1.8 î m/s (C) 3.6 î m/s (D)  3.4 î m/s

6. Final velocity of centre of mass of the system of blocks A and B will be :


(A) zero (B) 0.6 î m/s (C) 0.8 î m/s (D)  1.4 î m/s

7. When the blocks are yet to attain their final velocities, in this situation at any instant when block A is moving
with a velocity 4 î m/s , velocity of block B will then be :

(A)  1.33 î m/s (B)  2.67 î m/s (C) 1.67 î m/s (D) 3.77 î m/s

8. In previous question, at the given instant, compression of the spring is nearly :


(A) 16 cm (B) 24 cm (C) 33 cm (D) 52 cm

9. Maximum compression of the spring in the collision will be nearly


(A) 30 cm (B) 50 cm (C) 72 cm (D) 36 cm

10. STATEMENT-1 : The net momentum of a system of two moving particles is zero. Then at a particular
instant of time, the net angular momentum of system of given two particle is same about any point.
STATEMENT-2 : If net momentum of a system of two moving particle is zero, then angular momentum of
system of given two particles is zero about any point.
(A) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is a correct explanation for Statement-1
(B) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is True; Statement-2 is NOT a correct explanation for Statement-1
(C) Statement-1 is True, Statement-2 is False
(D) Statement-1 is False, Statement-2 is True.

DPPS FILE # 114


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 68 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. A body of mass m released from a height h on a smooth inclined plane that is shown in the figure. The
following can be true about the velocity of the block knowing that the wedge is fixed.

(A) v is highest when it just touches the spring


(B) v is highest when it compresses the spring by some amount
(C) v is highest when the spring comes back to natural position
(D) none of these

2. A man pulls a solid cylinder (initially at rest) horizontally by a massless string. The string is wrapped on the
cylinder and the cylinder performs pure rolling. Mass of the cylinder is 100 kg, radius is  metre & tension in
string is 100 N. Then the angular speed of the cylinder after one revolution will be :

4
(A) 4 rad /sec (B) rad/ sec
3

4
(C) rad/ sec (D) none of these
3
3. A uniform pole of length L and mass M is pivoted on the ground with a frictionless hinge O. The pole is
free to rotate without friction about an horizontal axis passing through O and normal to plane of the
page.The pole makes an angle  with the horizontal. The pole is released from rest in the position
shown, then linear acceleration of the free end (P) of the pole just after its release would be :

2 2
(A) g cos (B) g
3 3

3
(C) g (D) g cos
2

DPPS FILE # 115


4. Two blocks A (5kg) and B(5kg) attached to the ends of a spring constant 1000 N/m are placed on a smooth
horizontal plane with the spring undef ormed. Simultaneously v elocities of 10m/s and
4 m/s along the line of the spring in the same direction are imparted to A and B then

10 4
k = 1000 N/m
5kg 5kg

(A) when the extension of the spring is maximum the velocities of A and B are same.
(B) the maximum extension of the spring is 30cm.
(C) the first maximum compression occurs /56 seconds after start.
(D) maximum compression and maximum extension occur alternately.

5. A rod AC of length  and mass m is kept on a horizontal smooth plane. It is free to rotate and move. A
particle of same mass m moving on the plane with velocity v strikes rod at point B making angle 37 0
with the rod. The collision is elastic. After collision :

B /4

A 37° C
V

72 v
(A) The angular velocity of the rod will be
55 

(B) The centre of the rod will travel a distance in the time in which it makes half rotation
3
24 mV
(C) Impulse of the impact force is
55
(D) None of these

6. A block of dimensions a  a  2a is kept on an inclined plane of inclination 37º. The longer side is
perpendicular to the plane. The co-efficient of friction between the block and the plane is 0.8. By
numerical analysis find whether the block will topple or not.

7. Two separate cylinders of masses m (= 1 kg) & 4 m & radii R (= 10 cm) and 2 R rotating in clockwise
direction with 1 = 100 rad/sec. and2 = 200 rad/sec respectively. Now they are held in contact with
each other as in figure. Determine their angular velocities after the slipping between the cylinders
stops.

DPPS FILE # 116


PHYSICS Total Marks : 20
DPP No. 69 Max. Time : 22 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Center of Mass, Circular Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A uniform disk of mass 300kg is rotating freely about a vertical axis through its centre with constant angular
velocity . A boy of mass 30kg starts from the centre and moves along a radius to the edge of the disk. The
angular velocity of the disk now is

0 0 40 5 0
(A) (B) (C) (D)
6 5 5 6
2. Two masses ‘ m ’ and ‘ 2 m ’ are placed in fixed horizontal circular smooth hollow tube as shown. The mass
‘ m ’ is moving with speed ‘u’ and the mass ‘ 2 m ’ is stationary. After their first collision, the time elapsed for
next collision. (coefficient of restitution e = 1/2)

2r 4r
(A) (B)
u u
3r 12r
(C) (D)
u u
3. A solid homogeneous cylinder of height h and base radius r is kept vertically on a conveyer belt moving
horizontally with an increasing velocity v = a + bt 2. If the cylinder is not allowed to slip then the time
when the cylinder is about to topple, will be equal to

rg 2 rg 2 bg rg
(A) (B) (C) (D) 2 bh
bh bh rh

4. Figure shows a smooth track which consists of a straight inclined part of length  joining smoothly with the
circular part. A particle of mass m is projected up the inlcine from its bottom. (a) Find the minimum projection
- speed v 0 for which the particle reaches the top of the track. (b) Assuming that the projection - speed is 2v 0
and that the block does not lose contact with the track before reaching its top, find the force acting on it when
it reaches the top. (c) Assuming that the projection-speed is only slightly greater than v 0, where will the block
lose contact with the track?

DPPS FILE # 117


5. Wheel A of radius rA = 10cm is coupled by a belt C to another wheel of radius rB = 25 cm as in the figure.
The wheels are free to rotate and the belt does not slip. At time t = 0 wheel A increases it’s angular
speed from rest at a uniform rate of  /2 rad/sec2. Find the time in which wheel B attains a speed of 100
rpm [Hint: vA = vB]

COMPREHENSION

A smooth horizontal fixed pipe is bent in the form of a vertical circle of radius 20 m as shown in figure. A small
glass ball is thrown in horizontal portion of pipe at speed 30 m/s as shown from end A. (Take g = 10 m/s2)

6. Which of the following statement is/are correct :


(i) ball will not come out from end B.
(ii) ball will come out from end B.
(iii) At point D speed of ball will be just more than zero.
(iv) At point E and C the ball will have same speed.
(A) only (i) (B) (ii) and (iv) (C) (ii), (iii) and (iv) (D) only (ii)

7. At which angle from vertical from bottom most point F. The normal reaction on ball due to pipe will change its
direction (in terms of radially outwards and inwards) :

 2  5
(A)  = 180º (B)  = cos–1   3  (C)  = cos–1   6  (D) None of these
   

8. With what speed ball will come out from point B :

(A) 30 m/s (B) 20 2 m/s (C) 10 5 m/s (D) None of these

DPPS FILE # 118


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 70 Max. Time : 22 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Simple Harmonic Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [18, 18]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]

1. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length l at rest on a smooth horizontal


surface. An impulse P is applied to the end B. The time taken by the rod to
turn through a
right angle is:
2ml m l ml 2ml
(A) (B) (C) (D)
P 3P 12P 3P
2. As shown in the figure, a disc of mass m is rolling without
slipping a angular velocity . When it crosses point B disc will
be in:
(A) translational motion only
(B) pure rolling motion
(C) rotational motion only
(D) none of these
3. A uniform circular disc placed on a horizontal rough surface has initially a velocity v 0 and an angular
velocity 0 as shown in the figure. The disc comes to rest after moving some distance in the direction
of motion. Then v 0/0 is:

(A) r/2 (B) r (C) 3 r/2 (D) 2

d2 x
4. The equation of motion of a particle of mass 1 gm is + 2x = 0 where x is displacement (in m) from mean
dt 2
position. The frequency of oscillation is (in Hz):
1
1
(A) (B) 2 (C) 5 10 (D) 5 10
2
5. A man of mass 60 kg standing on a platform executing S.H.M. in the vertical plane. The displacement from
the mean position varies as y = 0.5 sin (2 ft). The value of f, for which the man will feel weightlessness at the
highest point is: (y is in metres)
g 2g
(A) (B) 4 g (C) (D) 2 2g
4 2
6. A particle executes SHM in a straight line. In the first second starting from rest it travels a distance ‘a’ and in
the next second a distance 'b' in the same direction. The amplitude of S.H.M will be
2a 2
(A) (B) a  b (C) 2a  b (D) a / b
3a  b
7. A particle performing S.H.M. undergoes displacement of A/2 (where A = amplitude of S.H.M.) in one second.
At t = 0 the particle was located at either extreme position or mean position. The time period of S.H.M. can
be : (consider all possible cases)
(A) 12s (B) 2.4 (C) 6s (D) 1.2s

DPPS FILE # 119


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 71 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Friction, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, Simple Harmonic Motion
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]

1. In given diagram what is the minimum value of a horizontal external


force F on Block 'A' so that block 'B' will slide on ground is:
(A) 30 N (B) 20 N
(C) 10 N (D) Not possible
2. A ring of radius R rolls without slipping on a rough horizontal surface with a constant velocity. The radius
of curvature of the path followed by any particle of the ring at the highest point of its path will be :

(A) (B) 2 R (C) 4 R (D) none of these


3. A particle is moving along x  axis has potential energy U = (2  20x + 5 x2) Joules.
The particle is released at x =  3. The maximum value of ' x ' will be:
[ x is in meters and U is in joules ]
(A) 5 m (B) 3 m (C) 7 m (D) 8 m
4. The potential energy of a particle executing SHM changes from maximum to minimum in 5 s. Then the time
period of SHM is :
(A) 5 s (B) 10 s (C) 15 s (D) 20 s
3
5. A particle performs S.H.M. of amplitude A along a straight line. When it is at a distance A from
2
mean position, its kinetic energy gets increased by an amount 1/2 m 2 A2 due to an impulsive force.
Then its new amplitude becomes:
5 3
(A) A (B) A (C) 2 A (D) 5 A
2 2
6. The amplitude of a particle executing SHM about O is 10 cm. Then:
(A) when the K.E. is 0.64 of its maximum K.E. its displacement is 6 cm from O.
(B) when the displacement is 5 cm from O its K.E. is 0.75 times its maximum K.E.
(C) Its total energy of SHM at any point is equal to its maximum K.E.
(D) Its speed is half the maximum speed when its displacement is half the maximum displacement.
7. A block of mass m collides with another block of mass 3m completely inelastically as shown in figure. What
is the maximum value of v (in m/s) for which the block B does not move. Assume that initially spring is in
natural length and blocks A and B are at rest. (K/m = 100 S.I. unit)
m v 3m K m
C A B
µ=1
smooth smooth

8. A particle performs SHM of time period T, along a straight line. Find the minimum time interval to go from
position A to position B. At A both potential energy and kinetic energy are same and at B the speed is half of
the maximum speed.

DPPS FILE # 120


PHYSICS Total Marks : 23
DPP No. 72 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Work, Power and Energy, Rigid Body Dynamic, Rotation, Simple Harmonic Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A continuous stream of particles of mass m and velocity v, is emitted from a source at a rate of n per
second. The particles travel along a straight line, collide with a body of mass M and are buried in this
body. If the mass M was originally at rest, its velocity when it has received N particles will be:
mvn mvN mv Nm  M
(A) (B) (C) (D)
Nm  n Nm  M Nm  M mv
2. A particle is moving along x  axis has potential energy U = (2  20x + 5 x2) Joules.
The particle is released at x =  3. The maximum value of ' x ' will be: [ x is in meters and U is in joules ]
(A) 5 m (B) 3 m (C) 7 m (D) 8 m
3. Four point mass, each of mass m are connected at a corner of a square of y
A
side 'a' , by massless rods as shown in the figure. x and y axis are in the
m m
plane of the system and z axis is perpendicular to the plane and passing
through the centre of the square.
(A) Moment of inertia of the system about x axis is x = ma2 z a
(B) Moment of inertia of the system about y axis is y = ma2 x
(C) Moment of inertia of the system about the diagonal axis AA' is AA' = ma2
(D) Moment of inertia of the system about z axis is z = ma2 m m
A'
4. The amplitude of a particle executing SHM about O is 10 cm. Then:
(A) when the K.E. is 0.64 of its maximum K.E. its displacement is 6 cm from O.
(B) when the displacement is 5 cm from O its K.E. is 0.75 times its maximum K.E.
(C) Its total energy of SHM at any point is equal to its maximum K.E.
(D) Its speed is half the maximum speed when its displacement is half the maximum displacement.

COMPREHENSION
A block of mass m slides down a wedge of mass M as shown. The
whole system is at rest, when the height of the block is h above
the ground. The wedge surface is smooth and gradually flattens.
There is no friction between wedge and ground.

5. As the block slides down, which of the following quantities associated with the system remains conserved?
(A) Total linear momentum of the system of wedge and block
(B) Total mechanical energy of the complete system
(C) Total kinetic energy of the system
(D) Both linear momentum as well as mechanical energy of the system
6. If there would have been friction between wedge and block, which of the following quantities would still remain
conserved ?
(A) Linear momentum of the system along horizontal direction
(B) Linear momentum of the system along vertical direction
(C) Linear momentum of the system along a tangent to the curved surface of the wedge
(D) Mechanical energy of the system
7. If there is no friction any where, the speed of the wedge, as the block leaves the wedge is :
2gh 2gh m M
(A) m (B) M (C) ( 2gh ) (D) ( 2gh )
(M  m) M (M  m) m Mm Mm

DPPS FILE # 121


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 73 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass, Circular Motion
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
True or False (no negative marking) Q.2 (2 marks, 2 min.) [2, 2]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

3
1. A particle performs S.H.M. of amplitude A along a straight line. When it is at a distance A from
2
1
mean position, its kinetic energy gets increased by an amount m 2 A2 due to an impulsive force.
2
Then its new amplitude becomes:
5 3
(A) A (B) A (C) 2 A (D) 5 A
2 2
2. S1 : If the internal forces within a system are conservative, then the work done by the external
forces on the system is equal to the change in mechanical energy of the system.
S2 : The potential energy of a particle moving along x-axis in a conservative force field is
U = 2x 2 – 5x + 1 in S.I. units. No other forces are acting on it. It has a stable equilibrium
position at one point on x-axis.
S3 : Internal forces can perform net work on a rigid body.
S4 : Internal forces can perform net work on a non–rigid body.
(A) T T F T (B) T F F T (C) F F T T (D) F T F T

3. Two particles A and B having equal mass are interconnected by a light


inextensible string that passes over a smooth pulley. One of the masses is
pulled downward by a constant force ‘F’ as shown in diagram, then find the
acceleration of the centre of mass of the system (A + B).

4. A particle performs SHM of time period T, along a straight line. Find the minimum time interval to go from
position A to position B. At A both potential energy and kinetic energy are same and at B the speed is half of
the maximum speed.
COMPREHENSION
One end of a light string of length L is connected to a ball and the other
end is connected to a fixed point O. The ball is released from rest at
t = 0 with string horizontal and just taut. The ball then moves in vertical
circular path as shown.The time taken by ball to go from position A to
B is t 1 and from Bto lowest position C is t 2. Let the velocity of ball at B
is v B and at C is v C respectively..
 
5. If | v C| = 2| v B| then the value of  as shown is
1 1 1 1
(A) cos-1 (B) sin-1 (C) cos-1 (D) sin-1
4 4 2 2
 
6. If | v C| = 2| v B| then :
(A) t 1 > t 2 (B) t 1 < t 2 (C) t 1 = t 2 (D) Information insufficient
  
7. If | v C– v B | = | v B|, then the value of  as shown is :
1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3 1/ 3
 1  1  1  1
(A) cos  
-1
(B) sin  
-1
(C) cos  
-1
(D) sin  -1
4 4  2 2

DPPS FILE # 122


PHYSICS Total Marks : 26
DPP No. 74 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Newton’s law of Motion, Simple Harmonic Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work Power and
Energy, Projectile Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [12, 15]

1. A man stands on a weighing machine kept inside a lift. Initially the lift is ascending with the acceleration ‘a’
due to which the reading is W. Now the lift decends with the same accleration and reading is 10 % of initial.
Find the acceleration of lift ?
g 9g
(A) m/sec2 (B) m/sec2
19 11
(C) 0 m/sec2 (D) g m/sec2

2. A horizontal spring–block system of mass 2kg executes S.H.M. When the block is passing through its
equilibrium position, an object of mass 1kg is put gently on it and the two move together. The new amplitude
of vibration is (A being its initial amplitude):

2 3 A
(A) A (B) A (C) 2A (D)
3 2 2

3. A solid ball of mass 'm' is released on a rough fixed inclined plane from height H. The ball will perform pure
rolling on the inclined plane. Then

Rough

(A) Kinetic energy of the ball at O will be less than mgH.


5 mgH
(B) Translational kinetic energy of the ball at O will be
7

2 mgH
(C) Rotational kinetic energy of the ball at O will be
7

(D) Angular momentum of the ball will be conserved about a point on the inclined plane.

DPPS FILE # 123


4. A particle of mass 1 kg moves from rest along a straight line due to action of a force F which varies with the
1
displacement x as shown in graph - (Use = 0.7 if needed)
2

(A) maximum K.E. of particle is 25 J


(B) Total work done by force on particle up to x = 6m is – 5J
(C) There will be no power delivered by the particle at x = 3, 5.3 and 6 m
(D) None of these

5. A particle is projected from ground with an initial velocity 20 m/sec making an angle 60° with horizontal. If R1
and R2 are radius of curvatures of the particle at point of projection and highest point respectively, then find
R1
the value of R
2

6. A block of mass m1 = 1 kg is attached to a spring of force constant k = 24 N/cm at one end and attached to
a string tensioned by mass m2 = 5 kg. Deduce the frequency of oscillations of the system. If m2 is initially
supported in hand and then suddenly released, find

(a) instantaneous tension just after m2 is released.


(b) the maximum displacement of m1.
(c) the maximum and minimum tensions in the string during oscillations.

7. A mass M is in static equilibrium on a massless vertical spring as shown in the figure. A ball of mass m
dropped from certain height sticks to the mass m after colliding with it. The oscillations they perform reach
to height 'a' above the original level of spring & depth 'b' below it.

(a) Find the force constant of the spring.


(b) Find the oscillation frequency.
(c) What is the height above the initial level from which the mass m was dropped ?

DPPS FILE # 124


PHYSICS Total Marks : 24
DPP No. 75 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topic : Circular Motion, Center Of Mass, Rotation, Simple Harmonic Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A ring of mass m and radius R rolls on a horizontal rough surface without slipping due to an applied
force ‘F’. The friction force acting on ring is : –
F 2F
(A) (B)
3 3

F
(C) (D) Zero
4
2. A simple pendulum 50 cm long is suspended from the roof of a cart accelerating in the horizontal direction
with constant acceleration 3 g m/s2. The period of small oscillations of the pendulum about its equilibrium
position is(g = 2 m/s2) :
(A) 1.0 sec (B) 2 sec
(C) 1.53 sec (D) 1.68 sec

3. If the length of a simple pendulum is doubled then the % change in the time period is :
(A) 50 (B) 41.4 (C) 25 (D) 100

4. A disc is hinged such that it can freely rotate in a vertical plane about a point on its radius. If radius of disc is
'R', then what will be minimum time period of its simple harmonic motion?

R 3R 2R R
(A) 2 g (B) 2 2g (C) 2 (D) 2 2g
g
5. A 25 kg uniform solid sphere with a 20 cm radius is suspended by a vertical wire such that the point of
suspension is vertically above the centre of the sphere. A torque of 0.10 N-m is required to rotate the
sphere through an angle of 1.0 rad and then maintain the orientation. If the sphere is then released, its
time period of the oscillation will be :
(A)  second (B) 2  second (C) 2 second (D) 4 second
COMPREHENSION
Four identical uniform rods of mass M = 6kg each are welded at their ends
to form square and then welded to a uniform ring having mass m = 4kg &
radius R = 1 m. The system is allowed to roll down the incline of inclination
 =300.
6. The moment of inertia of system about the axis of ring will be -
(A) 20 kg m2 (B) 40 kg m2 (C) 10 kg m2 (D) 60 kg m2.

7. The acceleration of centre of mass of system is -


g g 7g g
(A) (B) (C) (D)
2 4 24 8
8. The minimum value of coefficient of friction to prevent slipping is -

5 5 5 3 7
(A) (B) (C) (D)
7 12 3 7 5 3

DPPS FILE # 125


PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 76 Max. Time : 29 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Newton’s Law of Motion, Work, Power and Energy
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 (3 marks, 3 min.) [3, 3]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.2 to Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. The resultant amplitude due to super position of x 1 = sin  t, x 2 = 5 sin ( t + 37º) and x 3 =  15 cos
 t is:
(A) 17 (B) 21 (C) 13 (D) none of these
2. A 20 gm particle is subjected to two simple harmonic motions
x1 = 2 sin 10 t,

x2 = 4 sin (10 t + ). where x1 & x2 are in metre & t is in sec.
3
(A) The displacement of the particle at t = 0 will be 2 3 m.
(B) Maximum speed of the particle will be 20 7 m/s.
(C) Magnitude of maximum acceleration of the particle will be 200 7 m/s2.
(D) Energy of the resultant motion will be 28 J.
3. A particle moves in xy plane according to the law x = a sinwt and y = a(1-coswt) where a and w are
constants. The particle traces
(A) a parabola (B) a straight line equally inclined to x and y axes
(C) a circle (D) a distance proportional to time.
4. Out of the statements given, which is/are correct ?
(A) The amplitude of a resultant simple harmonic motion obtained by superposition of two simple harmonic
motions along the same direction can be less than lesser of the amplitudes of the participating SHMs.
(B) When two simple harmonic motions which are in phase and in perpendicular directions superpose then
resulting motion will be SHM with same phase.
(C) When two simple harmonic motions (with amplitudes A1 and A2) which are out of phase (that means
phase difference ) and in perpendicular directions, superpose then resulting motion will be SHM with
amplitude A 12  A 22 .
(D) The combination of two simple harmonic motions of equal amplitude in perpendicular directions differing
in phase by /2 rad is a circular motion.
5. If the acceleration of the block B in the following system is a (in m/s2) then find out value of 2a/5 (g = 10
m/s2) :

COMPREHENSION
The velocity of a block of mass 2 kg moving along x-axis at any time t is given by v = 20 – 10t (m/s)
where t is in seconds and v is in m/s. At time t = 0, the block is moving in positive x-direction.
6. The work done by net force on the block starting from t = 0 till it covers a distance of 25 meter will be:
(A) +200 J (B) – 200J (C) + 300J (D) – 300J
7. The power due to net force on block at t = 3 sec. is :
(A) 100 watts (B) 200 watts (C) 300 watts (D) 400 watts
8. The Kinetic energy of block at t = 3 sec. is :
(A) 50 J (B) 100 J (C) 200 J (D) 300 J

DPPS FILE # 126


PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 77 Max. Time : 33 min.

Topics : Wave on a String, Circular Motion, Rigid Body Dynamics, Friction, Center of Mass
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.8 (4 marks, 5 min.) [16, 20]

1. A sine wave of wavelength  is travelling in a medium. The minimum distance between the two particles,
always having same speed, is -
(A) /4 (B) /3 (C) /2 (D) 
2. When a harmonic wave is propagating through a medium, the displacement ‘y’ of a particle of the medium is
2
represented by y = 10 sin (1800 t  x). The time period will be
5
1 1
(A) s (B) s (C) 36 s (D) 360 s
360 36
3. A transverse wave described by equation y = 0.02sin (x + 30t) (where x and t are in metres and
sec.respectively) is travelling along a wire of area of cross–section 1mm2 and density 8000kg/m3. What
is the tension in the string ?
(A) 20 N (B) 7.2 N (C) 30 N (D) 14.4 N
4. A ball tied to the end of the string swings in a vertical circle under the influence of gravity.
(A) When the string makes an angle 90º with the vertical, the tangential acceleration is zero and radial
acceleration is somewhere between minimum and maximum
(B) When the string makes an angle 90º with the vertical, the tangential acceleration is maximum and radial
acceleration is somewhere between maximum and minimum
(C) At no place in circular motion, tangential acceleration is equal to radial acceleration (in magnitude)
(D) When radial acceleration has its maximum value, the tangential acceleration is zero
5. A uniform rod of length 75 cm is hinged at one of its ends and is free to rotate in vertical plane. It is released
from rest when rod is horizontal. When the rod becomes vertical, it is breaks at mid–point and lower part now
moves freely. The distance of centre of lower part from hinge, when it again becomes vertical for the first time
is r. Find the approximate value of 2r.
6. In figure shown minimum mass of block B (at a particular angle between
horizontal mand string AP) to just slide the block A on rough horizontal
surface is as shown in figure.
1 If  is the coefficient of friction between
2
block A and ground then 2 will be :

 m2 
7. Body 1 experiences a perfectly elastic collision with a stationary Body 2. Determine the mass ratio  m  ,
 1
if after a head-on collision the particles fly apart in the opposite directions with equal speeds.
8. A sinusoidal wave propagates along a string. In figure (a) and (b) ' y ' represents displacement of particle
from the mean position. ' x ' & ' t ' have usual meanings. Find:

(a) wavelength, frequency and speed of the wave.


(b) maximum velocity and maximum acceleration of the particles
(c) the magnitude of slope of the string at x = 2 at t = 4 sec.

DPPS FILE # 127


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 78 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Rigid Body Dynamics, Circular Motion, Friction, Projectile Motion, Work, Power and Energy

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.6 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4)Q.7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A rod of mass m is supported by string AB and friction due to wall. Then friction force on rod due to wall is :
(g = acceleration due to gravity).

mg
(A) mg upward (B) mg downward (C) upward (D) Data insufficient
2

2. A small block of mass m is released from rest from point A inside a smooth hemisphere bowl of radius R,
which is fixed on ground such that OA is horizontal. The ratio (x) of magnitude of centripetal force and normal
reaction on the block at any point B varies with  as :

(A) (B) (C) (D)

3. Two blocks of mass m and 2m are arranged on a wedge that is fixed on a horizontal surface. Friction
coefficient between the block and wedge are shown in figure. Find the magnitude of acceleration of two
blocks.

m Fixed 2m
µ=1 wedge smooth
53° 37°

DPPS FILE # 128


COMPREHENSION

A projectile is fired with speed v 0 at t = 0 on a planet named 'Increasing Gravity'. This planet is strange one,
in the sense that the acceleration due to gravity increases linearly with time t as g(t) = bt, where b is a
positive constant. 'Increasing Gravity'

4. If angle of projection with horizontal is  then the time of flight is :

6v 0 sin  2v 0 sin  3v 0 sin  2v 0


(A) (B) (C) (D)
b b b b

5. If angle of projection with horizontal is , then the maximum height attained is

1 (v 0 sin )3 / 2 4 ( v 0 sin )3 / 2 (2v 0 sin )3 / 2


(A) (B) (C) (D) None of these
3 b 3 b 3 b

6. At what angle with horizontal should the projectile be fired so that it travels the maximum horizontal distance:

1 1
(A)  = tan–1 (B)  = tan–1 (C)  = tan–1 2 (D)  = tan–1 2
2 2

7. The displacement-time graph of a body acted upon by some forces is shown in the figure. For this situation
match the entries of column I with the entries of column II.
s
B

C
A

O t

Column I Column II

(A) For OA, the total work done by all (p) always positive
forces together

(B) For OA, the work done by few of the (q) always negative
acting forces
(C) For AB, the work done by few of the (r) can be positive
acting forces

(D) For BC, the work done by few of the (s) can be zero
acting forces.
(t) can be negative

DPPS FILE # 129


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 79 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Relative Motion, Wave on a String, Friction


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A carpenter has constructed a toy as shown in figure. If the density of the material of the sphere is 12 tirnes
that of cone, the y-coordinate of COM of toy from point O

9R
(A) 3R (B)
2

7R
(C) (D) 4R
2

2. An airplane flies between two cities separated by a distance D. Assume the wind blows directly from
one city to the other at a speed VA (as shown) and the speed of the airplane is Vo relative to the air. Find
the time taken by the airplane to make a round trip between the two cities (that is, to fly from city A to
city B and then back to City A) ?

2DVo DVo 2DVo DVo


(A) (B) (C) (D)
V02  VA2 V02  VA2 V02  VA2 V02  VA2

3. A travelling wave y = A sin (k x  t + ) passes from a heavier string to a lighter string. The reflected wave
has amplitude 0.5 A. The junction of the strings is at x = 0. The equation of the reflected wave is:
(A) y  = 0.5 A sin (k x +  t + ) (B) y  =  0.5 A sin (k x +  t + )
(C) y  =  0.5 A sin ( t  k x  ) (D) y  = 0.5 A sin (k x +  t  )

DPPS FILE # 130


4. 2 kg block is kept on 1 kg block as shown. The friction between 1 kg block and fixed surface is absent and
the coefficient of friction between 2 kg block and 1 kg block is µ = 0.1. A constant horizontal force F = 4 N is
applied on 1 kg block. If the work done by the friction on 1 kg block in 2 s is – X J, then find X.
Take g = 10 m/s2 .

COMPREHENSION

A sinusoidal wave travels along a taut string of linear mass density 0.1 g/cm. The particles oscillate
along y-direction and wave moves in the positive x-direction. The amplitude and frequency of oscillation
are 2mm and 50 Hz respectively. The minimum distance between two particles oscillating in the same
phase is 4m.

5. The tension in the string is (in newton)


(A) 4000 (B) 400 (C) 25 (D) 250

6. The amount of energy transferred (in Joules) through any point of the string in 5 seconds is

2
(A)
10

2
(B)
50

2
(C)
5
(D) Cannot be calculated because area of cross-section of string is not given.

7. If at x = 2m and t = 2s, the particle is at y = 1mm and its velocity is in positive y-direction, then the
equation of this travelling wave is : (y is in mm, t is in seconds and x is in metres)
x x
(A) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 30°) (B) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 120°)
2 2

x
(C) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 150°) (D) None of these
2

DPPS FILE # 131


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 80 Max. Time : 23 min.

Topics :Circular Motion, Center of Mass, Rigid Body Dynamics, Work, Power and Energy, String Waves
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. A boy of mass 30 kg starts running from rest along a circular path of radius 6 m with constant tangential
acceleration of magnitude 2 m/s2. After 2 sec from start he feels that his shoes started slipping on
ground. The friction coefficient between his shoes and ground is : (Take g = 10 m/s2)
1 1
(A) (B)
2 3
1 1
(C) (D)
4 5

2. A small smooth disc of mass m and radius r moving with an initial velocity ‘v’ along the positive x-axis collided
with a big disc of mass 2m and radius 2r which was initially at rest with its centre at origin as shown in figure.

r v
2r
x
O

If the coefficient of restitution is 0 then velocity of larger disc after collision is

8v 2 2 8v 2 2
(A) î  v ĵ (B) î  v ĵ
27 27 27 27

v 2 2 8v
(C) î (D) v î  ĵ
3 27 27

3. A uniform rod AB of mass m and length l at rest on a smooth horizontal surface. An impulse P is applied to
the end B. The time taken by the rod to turn through a right angle is:

2ml ml
(A) (B)
P 3P
ml 2ml
(C) (D)
12P 3P

DPPS FILE # 132


4. In the figure shown the pulley is smooth. The spring and the string are light. The block ‘B’ slides down
from the top along the fixed rough wedge of inclination . Assuming that the block reaches the end of
the wedge. Find the speed of the block at the end. Take the coefficient of friction between the block and
the wedge to be µ and the spring was relaxed when the block was released from the top of the wedge.

COMPREHENSION

A sinusoidal wave travels along a taut string of linear mass density 0.1 g/cm. The particles oscillate
along y-direction and wave moves in the positive x-direction. The amplitude and frequency of oscillation
are 2mm and 50 Hz respectively. The minimum distance between two particles oscillating in the same
phase is 4m.

5. The tension in the string is (in newton)


(A) 4000 (B) 400 (C) 25 (D) 250

6. The amount of energy transferred (in Joules) through any point of the string in 5 seconds is

2
(A)
10

2
(B)
50

2
(C)
5
(D) Cannot be calculated because area of cross-section of string is not given.

7. If at x = 2m and t = 2s, the particle is at y = 1mm and its velocity is in positive y-direction, then the
equation of this travelling wave is : (y is in mm, t is in seconds and x is in metres)
x x
(A) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 30°) (B) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 120°)
2 2

x
(C) y = 2 sin ( – 100 t + 150°) (D) None of these
2

DPPS FILE # 133


PHYSICS Total Marks : 22
DPP No. 81 Max. Time : 22 min.

Topics : Wave on a String , Circular Motion, Relative Motion

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. Three waves producing displacement in the same direction of same frequency and of amplitudes 10m, 4m
and 7 m arrive at a point with successive phase difference of  / 2. The amplitude of the resultant wave is
(A) 2m (B) 7m (C) 5m (D) 1
2. A string fixed at both ends has consecutive standing wave modes for which the distances between adjacent
nodes are 18 cm and 16 cm respectively. The length of the string is -
(A) 144 cm (B) 152 cm (C) 176 cm (D) 200 cm
3. The sphere at P is given a downward velocity v 0 and swings in a vertical plane at the end of a rope of
 = 1m attached to a support at O. The rope breaks at angle 30° from horizontal, knowing that it can
withstand a maximum tension equal to three times the weight of the sphere. Then the value of v 0 will be
:
(g = 2 m/s2 )
g 2g
(A) m/s (B) m/s
2 3
3g g
(C) m/s (D) m/s
2 3

4. Initial velocity and acceleration of a particle are as shown in the figure.


Acceleration vector of particle remain constant. Then radius of curvature of
path of particle :
9
(A) is 9m initially (B) is m initially
3
9 3
(C) will have minimum value of m (D) will have minimum value m
8 8
COMPREHENSION
A van accelerates uniformly down an inclined hill going from rest to 30 m/s in 6 s. During the acceleration, a
toy of mass m = 0.1 kg hangs by a light string from the van's ceiling. The acceleration is such that string
remains perpendicular to the ceiling. (Take g = 10 m/s2)


5. The angle  of the incline is :
(A) 30° (B) 60° (C) 90° (D) 45°
6. The tension in the string is
3
(A) 1.0 N (B) 0.5 N (C) N (D) 3N
2
7. The friction force on the van is
(A) Zero (B) mg cos (C) mg sin (D) mg tan

DPPS FILE # 134


PHYSICS Total Marks : 23
DPP No. 82 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Wave on a String , Circular Motion


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.2 (3 marks, 3 min.) [6, 6]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.3 to Q.4 (4 marks, 5 min.) [8, 10]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. The particle displacement (in cm) in a stationary wave is given by y(x, t) = 2 sin (0.1  x) cos
(100  t). The distance between a node and the next antinode is :
(A) 2.5 cm (B) 7.5 cm (C) 5 cm (D) 10 cm
2. A string of length 1.5 m with its two ends clamped is vibrating in fundamental mode. Amplitude at the
centre of the string is 4 mm. Minimum distance between the two points having amplitude 2 mm is:

(A) 1 m (B) 75 cm (C) 60 cm (D) 50 cm


3. A string is fixed at both ends. The tension in the string and density of the string are accurately known
but the length and the radius of cross section of the string are known with some error. If maximum
errors made in the measurement of length and radius are 1% and 0.5% respectively then what is the
maximum possible percentage error in the calculation of fundamental frequency of that string.

4. A mass m1 lies on fixed, smooth cylinder. An ideal cord attached to m1 passes over the cylinder and is
connected to mass m2 as shown in the figure.
(a) Find the value of  (shown in diagram) for which the system is in equilibrium
(b) Given m1 = 5 kg, m2 = 4kg . The system is released from rest when  = 30º. Find the magnitude of
acceleration of mass m1 just after the system is released.

COMPREHENSION

Figure shows a clamped metal string of length 30 cm and linear mass density 0.1 kg/m. which is taut
at a tension of 40 N. A small rider (piece of paper) is placed on string at point P as shown. An external
vibrating tuning fork is brought near this string and oscillations of rider are carefully observed.

5. At which of the following frequencies of turning fork, rider will not vibrate at all :
100
(A) Hz (B) 50 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these
3

6. At which of the following frequencies the point P on string will have maximum oscillation amplitude
among all points on string :
200
(A) Hz (B) 100 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these
3
7. Now if the tension in the string is made 160 N, at which of the following frequencies of turning fork, rider
will not vibrate at all
100
(A) Hz (B) 50 Hz (C) 200 Hz (D) None of these
3
DPPS FILE # 135
PHYSICS Total Marks : 29
DPP No. 83 Max. Time : 32 min.

Topics : Center of Mass, Wave on a String ,Friction


Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.4 to Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [8, 8]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. A loaded spring gun, initially at rest on a horizontal frictionless surface fires a marble of mass m at an
angle of elevation . The mass of the gun is M, that of the marble is m and the muzzle velocity of the
marble is v 0, then velocity of the gun just after the firing is :
m v0 m v 0 cos m v 0 cos m v 0 cos2
(A) (B) (C) (D)
M M Mm Mm

2. Equation of a standing wave is generally expressed as y = 2A sint coskx. In the equation, quantity /
k represents
(A) the transverse speed of the particles of the string.
(B) the speed of either of the component waves.
(C) the speed of the standing wave.
(D) a quantity that is independent of the properties of the string.

3. A string 1m long fixed at one end is made to oscillate by a 300Hz vibrator attached to its other end. The string
vibrates in 3 loops. The speed of transverse waves in the string is equal to
(A) 100 m/s (B) 200 m/s (C) 300 m/s (D) 400 m/s

4. Which of the following combinations can give standing wave.


(A) y1 = A sin2 (t  kx); y2 =  A sin2 (t + kx)
(B) y1 = A sin (kx t); y2 = A cos (t + kx)
(C) y1 = 2A cos2 (t  kx + ); y2 = A [sin 2 (t + kx)  1]
(D) y1 = A sin (kx  t + 30º); y2 = A cos (t + kx  60º).

5. The vibrations of a string of length 600 cm fixed at both ends are represented by the equation

 x 
y = 4 sin    cos (96  t)
 15 
where x and y are in cm and t in seconds.
(A) The maximum displacement of a particle at x = 5 cm is 2 3 cm .
(B) The nodes located along the string are 15n where integer n varies from 0 to 40.
(C) The velocity of the particle at x = 7.5 cm at t = 0.25 sec is zero
(D) The equations of the component waves whose superposition gives the above wave are

 x   x 
2 sin 2   48 t  , 2 sin2   48t  
 30   30 

DPPS FILE # 136


6. In the figure shown calculate the angle of friction. The block does not slide. Take g = 10 m/s2.

7. Two blocks of masses 20 kg and 10 kg are kept or a rough horizontal floor. The coefficient of friction
between both blocks and floor is  = 0.2. The surface of contact of both blocks are smooth. Horizontal
forces of magnitude 20 N and 60 N are applied on both the blocks as shown in figure. Match the
statement in column-I with the statements in column-II.

F1=20N
20kg 10kg F2=60N
left
=0.2 right
rough horizontal floor

Column-I Column-II
(A) Frictional force acting on block of mass 10 kg (p) has magnitude 20 N
(B) Frictional force acting on block of mass 20 kg (q) has magnitude 40 N
(C) Normal reaction exerted by 20 kg block on 10 kg block (r) is zero
(D) Net force on system consisting of 10 kg block (s) is towards right (in horizontal
and 20 kg block direction).

DPPS FILE # 137


PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 84 Max. Time : 25 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Wave on a String, Center of Mass, Projectile Motion
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 4]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 to Q.7 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

1. What is the minimum stopping distance for a vehicle of mass m moving with speed v along a level road.
If the coefficient of friction between the tyres and the road is .

v2 2v 2 v2
(A) (B) (C) (D) none of these
2g g g

2. The (x, y) coordinates of the corners of a square plate are (0, 0) (L, 0) (L, L) and (0, L). The edges of the plate
are clamped & transverse standing waves are set up in it. If u (x, y) denotes the displacement of the plate at
the point (x, y) at some instant of time, the possible expression for 'u' is : [ a = positive constant]

 x   y   x  y 
(A) a cos   cos   (B) a sin   sin  
 2L  2 L  L 2L

  x  2 y   2 x    y
(C) a sin   sin   (D) a cos   sin  
 L  L   L   L

3. A chord attached about an end to a vibrating fork divides it into 6 loops, when its tension is 36 N. The
tension at which it will vibrate in 4 loops is:
(A) 24 N (B) 36 N (C) 64 N (D) 81 N

4. A wire having a linear mass density 5.0  10 3 kg/m is stretched between two rigid supports with a
tension of 450 N. The wire resonates at a frequency of 420 Hz. The next higher frequency at which the
same wire resonates is 480 Hz. The length of the wire is
(A) 2.0 m (B) 2.1 m (C) 2.5 m (D) 3 m

5. Two men of masses 80 kg and 60 kg are standing on a wood plank of mass 100 kg, that has been
placed over a smooth surface. If both the men start moving toward each other with speeds 1 m/s and 2
m/s respectively then find the velocity of the plank by which it starts moving.

DPPS FILE # 138


COMPREHENSION

An observer having a gun observes a remotely controlled balloon. When he first noticed the balloon, it
was at an altitude of 800 m and moving vertically upward at a constant velocity of 5m/s. The horizontal
displacement of balloon from the observer is 1600 m . Shells fired from the gun have an initial velocity
of 400 m/s at a fixed angle θ (sin θ = 3/5 and cos θ = 4/5). The observer having gun waits (for some
time after observing the balloon) and fires so as to destroy the balloon. Assume g = 10m/s2. Neglect air
resistance.

6. The flight time of the shell before it strikes the balloon is


(A) 2sec (B) 5sec. (C) 10 sec (D) 15 sec

7. The altitude of the collision above ground level is


(A) 1250m (B) 1325m (C) 1075m (D) 1200m

8. After noticing the balloon, the time for which observer having gun waits before firing the shell is
(A) 50 sec. (B) 55 sec. (C) 60 sec. (D) 45 sec.

DPPS FILE # 139


PHYSICS Total Marks : 25
DPP No. 85 Max. Time : 26 min.

Topics : Work, Power and Energy, Friction, Wave on a String , Rigid Body Dynamics
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.4 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12, 12]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 to Q.8 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]
1. A block of mass 1kg is pushed on a movable wedge of mass 2kg and height h = 30 cm with a velocity
u = 6m/sec. Before striking the wedge it travels 2 m on a rough horizontal portion. Velocity is just
sufficient for the block to reach the top of the wedge. Assuming all surfaces are smooth except the
given horizontal part and collision of block and wedge is jerkless, the friction coefficient of the rough
horizontal part is :

(A) 0.125 (B) 0.377 (C) 0.675 (D) 0.45


2. With reference to the figure shown, if the coefficient of friction at the surfaces is 0.42, then the force
required to pull out the 6.0 kg block with an acceleration of 1.50 m/s2 will be:

(A) 36 N (B) 24 N (C) 84 N (D) 51 N

3. A string of length ‘’ is fixed at both ends. It is vibrating in its 3rd overtone with maximum amplitude ‘a’. The

amplitude at a distance from one end is :
3
3a a
(A) a (B) 0 (C) (D)
2 2
4. What is the percentage change in the tension necessary in a sonometer of fixed length to produce a note
one octave lower (half of original frequency) than before
(A) 25% (B) 50% (C) 67% (D)75%
5. A rope, under tension of 200 N and fixed at both ends, oscillates in a second harmonic standing wave
 x 
pattern. The displacement of the rope is given by y = (0.10 m) sin  3  sin(12 t), where x = 0 at one end of
 
the rope, x is in meters and t is in seconds. Find the length of the rope in meters.
COMPREHENSION
A uniform bar of length 6 a & mass 8 m lies on a smooth horizontal
table. Two point masses m & 2 m moving in the same horizontal plane
with speeds 2 v andv respectively strike the bar as shown & stick to
the bar after collision.
6. Velocity of the centre of mass of the system is
v 2v
(A) (B) v (C) (D) Zero
2 3
7. Angular velocity of the rod about centre of mass of the system is
v v v v
(A) (B) (C) (D)
5a 15a 3a 10a
8. Total kinetic energy of the system, just after the collision is
3 3 3
(A) mv 2 (B) mv 2 (C) mv2 (D) 3 mv 2
5 25 15

DPPS FILE # 140


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 86 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Simple Harmonic Motion, Sound Waves, Center of Mass, Circular motion, Kinetic Theory of
Gases & Heat
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15,15]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. Two pendulums differ in lengths by 22 cm. They oscillate at the same place so that one of them makes 30
oscillations and the other makes 36 oscillations during the same time.The lengths (in cm) of the pendulum
are :
(A) 72 and 50 (B) 60 and 38 (C) 50 and 28 (D) 80 and 58

2. Three waves of the same amplitude have frequencies (n – 1), n and (n + 1)Hz. They superpose on one
another to produce beats. The number of beats produced per second is :
(A) n (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 3n

3. A spherical ball of mass m1 collides head on with another ball of mass m2 at rest. The collision is elastic. The
fraction of kinetic energy lost by m1 is :

4m1m 2 m1 m2 m1m 2
(A) 2 (B) m  m (C) m  m (D)
(m1  m 2 ) 1 2 1 2 (m1  m 2 ) 2

4. Two equal masses are connected by a spring satisfying Hooke's law and are placed on a frictionless table.
The spring is elongated a little and allowed to go. Let the angular frequency of oscillations be . Now one of
the masses is stopped. The square of the new angular frequency is :

2 2
(A) 2 (B) (C) (D) 22
2 3
5. When a compressible wave is sent towards bottom of sea from a stationary ship it is observed that its echo
is heard after 2s. If bulk modulus of elasticity of water is 2 × 109 N/m2 , mean temperature of water is 4° and
mean density of water is 1000 kg/m3, then depth of sea will be
(A) 1014 m (B) 1414 m (C) 2828 m (D) 3000 m
972
6. The speed of sound in a mixture of n1 = 2 moles of He, n2 = 2 moles of H2 at temperature T = K is
5

25
 × 10 m/s. Find . (Take R = J/mole-K)
3

7. Match the statements in column- with the statements in column-.


Column-I Column-II
(A) A tight string is fixed at both ends and (p) At the middle, antinode is formed
sustaining standing wave in odd harmonic
(B) A tight string is fixed at one end and (q) At the middle, node is formed
free at the other end in even harmonic
(C) Standing wave is formed in an open organ (r) At the middle, neither node nor
pipe. End correction is not negligible. antinode is formed
(D) Standing wave is formed in a closed (s) Phase difference between SHMs of any
organ pipe. End correction is not negligible. two particles will be either  or zero.

DPPS FILE # 141


PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 87 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topics : String, Simple Harmonic Motion, Wave on a String, Rigid Body Dynamics, Sound Waves

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12,12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

1. When a particle oscillates in simple harmonic motion, both in potential energy and kinetic energy vary
sinusoidally with time. If  be the frequency of the motion of the particle, the frequency associated with the
kinetic energy is :
v
(A) 4 v (B) 2 v (C) v (D)
2
2. Two elastic waves move along the same direction in the same medium. The pressure amplitudes of both the
waves are equal, but the wavelength of the first wave is three times that of the second. If the average power
transmitted through unit area by the first wave is W 1 and that by the second is W 2, then.
(A) W 1 = W 2 (B) W 1 = 3W 2 (C) W 2 = 3W 1 (D) W 1 = 9W 2

3. A spring of certain length and having spring constant k is cut into two pieces of lengths in a ratio 1 : 2. The
spring constants of the two pieces are in a ratio :
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 1 : 4 (C) 1 : 2 (D) 2 : 1

4. Which of the following options is not correct :


(A) Intensity of the wave produced by a point source at any point is inversely proportional to square of the
distance from point source
(B) Power of the wave, produced by a point source, varies as inverse square of the distance from point source
(C) Intensity of the wave produced by line source at any point varies as inverse of the distance from line
source
(D) Amplitude of the wave produced by a point source at any point varies as inverse of the distance from point
source

5. The rate of change of angular momentum of a system of particles about the centre of mass is equal to the
sum of external torques about the centre of mass when the centre of mass is :
(A) Fixed with respect to an inertial frame.
(B) in linear acceleration
(C) in rotational motion.
(D) is in a translational motion.

6. A man standing in front of a mountain beats a drum at regular intervals. The druming rate is gradually
increased and he finds that the echo is not heard distinctly when the rate becomes 40 per minute.He then
moves towards mountain by 90 m and finds that echo is again not heard when drumming rate becomes 60
per minute. Find the ratio of distance between the mountain and the initial position of the man and the
distance by which he moved.

DPPS FILE # 142


7. Match the column:

Column–I Column–II

(A) (p) Travelling wave is formed

Sinusoidal sound waves are continuously


sent from one end by a tuning fork and they are
reflected from a moving wall. Due to the
superposition of the incident waves and the
reflected waves.

(B) Equation of vibrating particles is (q) Standing wave is formed


y = A sin2(t – kx) + B cos2(kx – t)
+ C cos(kx + t) sin(t + kx)
(where A,B,C are constants and can have any value)
it is possible that

(C) (r) Beats are formed

A metal rod is fixed at one end and free at the


other end. The free end is hit once by a hammer
as shown. Then :

(D) Equation of vibrating particles is (s) Particles perform simple harmonic


motion
 x   x 
y = (1mm) sin100 t   cos  t
 330   330 

DPPS FILE # 143


PHYSICS Total Marks : 23
DPP No. 88 Max. Time : 24 min.

Topics : Sound Waves, Sound , Work, Power and Energy, Center of Mass

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15, 15]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.7 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]

1. The frequency of a man’s voice is 300 Hz and its wavelength is 1 meter. If the wavelength of a child’s voice is
1.5 m, then the frequency of the child’s voice is:
(A) 200 Hz (B) 150 Hz (C) 400 Hz (D) 350 Hz.

2. An engine is moving towards a tunnel with a constant speed.

To check its own velocity, the driver sends whistles twice at an intervel of 2 minutes. The sound moves
forward, gets reflected from the tunnel and again reaches to the driver. He listens two echoes of the sound,
at an intervel of 1 minute. If speed of sound is 300 m/sec, speed of the engine should be :
(A) 50 m/sec (B) 75 m/sec (C) 100 m/sec (D) 125 m/sec

3. The equation of displacement due to a sound wave is s = s0 sin2 ( t  k x). If the bulk modulus of the medium
is B, then the equation of pressure variation due to that sound is
(A) B k s0 sin (2  t  2 k x) (B)  B k s0 sin (2  t  2 k x)
2
(C) B k s0 cos ( t  k x) (D)  B k s0 cos2 ( t  k x)

4. Which of the following is/ are correct.

(A) (B)

(C) (D)

5. Propagation of a sound wave in a gas is quite close to :


(A) an isothermal process
(B) an adiabatic process
(C) an isobaric process
(D) a process that does not exhibit properties close to any of the three given in (A),(B),(C)

DPPS FILE # 144


6. A particle moves in one dimension in a conservation force field. The potential energy is depicted in the graph
below.

If the particle starts to move from rest from the point A, then
(A) the speed is zero at the point A and E.
(B) the acceleration vanished at the points A, B, C, D, E
(C) the acceleration vanished at the points B, C, D.
(D) the speed is maximum at the point D.

7. A railway carriage of mass Mc filled with sand of mass Ms moves along the rails. The carriage is given an
impulse and it starts with a velocity v 0. At the same time it is observed that the sand starts leaking through
a hole at the bottom of the carriage at a constant mass rate . Find the distance at which the carriage
becomes empty and the velocity attained by the carriage at that time. (Neglect the friction along the rails.)

DPPS FILE # 145


PHYSICS Total Marks : 27
DPP No. 89 Max. Time : 30 min.

Topics : Elasticity and Plasticity

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [15,15]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

COMPREHENSION
ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
The property of a material body by virtue of which it regains its original configuration (i.e. shape and size)
when the external deforming force is removed is called elasticity. The property of the material body by virtue
of which it does not regain its original configuration when the external force is removed is called plasticity.
Deforming force : An external force applied to a body which changes its size or shape or both is called
deforming force.
Perfectly Elastic body : A body is said to be perfectly elastic if it completely regains its original form when
the deforming force is removed. Since no material can regain completely its original form so the concept of
perfectly elastic body is only an ideal concept. A quartz fiber is the nearest approach to the perfectly elastic
body.
Perfectly Plastic body : A body is said to be perfectly plastic if it does not regain its original form even
slightly when the deforming force is removed. Since every material partially regain its original form on the
removal of deforming force, so the concept of perfectly plastic body is only an ideal concept. Paraffin wax,
wet clay are the nearest approach to a perfectly plastic bodies.
Cause of Elasticity : In a solid, atoms and molecules are arranged in such a way that each molecule is
acted upon by the forces due to the neighbouring molecules. These forces are known as intermolecular
forces. When no deforming force is applied on the body, each molecule of the solid (i.e. body) is in its
equilibrium position and the inter molecular forces between the molecules of the solid are maximum.
On applying the deforming force on the body, the molecules either come closer or go far apart from each
other. As a result of this, the molecules are displaced from their equilibrium position. In other words,
intermolecular forces get changed and restoring forces are developed on the molecules. When the deforming
force is removed, these restoring forces bring the molecules of the solid to their respective equilibrium
positions and hence the solid (or the body) regains its original form.
STRESS
When deforming force is applied on the body then the equal restoring force in opposite direction is developed
inside the body. The restoring forces per unit area of the body is called stress.
restoring force F
stress = Area of the body  A
The unit of stress is N/m2 or Nm–2. There are three types of stress
1. Longitudinal or Normal stress
When object is one dimensional then force acting per unit area is called longitudinal stress.
It is of two types : (a) compressive stress (b) tensile stress

Examples :
(i) Consider a block of solid as shown in figure. Let a force F be applied to the face which has area A. Resolve

F into two components :
Fn = F sin  called normal force and Ft = F cos  called tangential force.

Fn F sin 
 Normal (tensile) stress = =
A A

DPPS FILE # 146


2. Tangential or shear stress
It is defined as the restoring force acting per unit area tangential to the surface of the body. Refer to shown in
figure above
Ft F cos 
Tangential (shear) stress = =
A A
The effect of stress is to produce distortion or a change in size, volume and shape
(i.e. configuration of the body).

STRAIN
The ratio of the change in configuration (i.e. shape, length or volume) to the original configuration of the body
is called strain
change in configuration
i.e. Strain,  =
original configuration
It has no unit
(i) Longitudinal strain : This type of strain is produced when the deforming force causes a change in length
of the body. It is defined as the ratio of the change in length to the original length of the body.
Consider a wire of length L : When the wire is stretched by a force F, then let the change in length of the wire
is L shown in the figure.
change in length L
 Longitudinal strain ,  = or Longitudinal strain =
original length L

HOOKE’S LAW AND MODULUS OF ELASTICITY


According to this law, within the elastic limit, stress is proportional to the strain.
i.e. stress  strain
stress
or stress = constant × strain or = Modulus of Elasticity..
strain
This constant is called modulus of elasticity.
Thus, modulus of elasticity is defined as the ratio of the stress to the strain.
Modulus of elasticity depends on the nature of the material of the body and is independent of its dimensions
(i.e. length, volume etc.).
Unit : The Sl unit of modulus of elasticity is Nm–2 or Pascal (Pa).
1. Young's modulus of elasticity
It is defined as the ratio of the normal stress to the longitudinal strain.
Longitudin al stress
i.e. Young's modulus (Y) =
Longitudin al strain
Normal stress = F/A,
Longitudinal strain = L/L
F/ A FL F
Y=    =
L / L AL AY
ELONGATION OF ROD UNDER IT’S SELF WEIGHT
Let rod is having self weight ‘W’, area of cross-section ‘A” and length ‘L’. Considering on element at a
distance ‘x’ from bottom.
W
then T  x
L
T.dx
elongation in ‘dx’ element =
Ay

DPPS FILE # 147


L L
Td x W xdy WL
Total elongation s  
0
Ay
 
0
LAy
=
2Ay

Note : One can do directly by considering total weight at C.M. and using effective length /2.
Illus. 1. One end of a wire 2 m long and 0.2 m2 in cross-section is fixed in a ceiling and a load of 4.8 kg is attached
to the free end. Find the extension of the wire. Young’s modulus of steel = 2.0 × 1011 N/m2. Take g = 10 m/
s2 .
Sol. We have
stress T/A
Y= =
strain  /L
with symbols having their usual meanings. The extension is
TL
=
AY
As the load is in equilibrium after the extension, the tension in the wire is equal to the weight of the load
= 4.8 kg × 10 m/s2 = 48 N.
(48 N) (2 m)
Thus,  = 4
(0.2  10 m 2 )  (2.0  1011N / m 2 )
= 2.4 × 10–5 m.
llus. 2.
Find out longitudinal stress and tangential stress on a fixed block shown in figure when a tangential force of
100 N magnitude is applied on the block.

100 N

30º
1m
2m
5m

100 sin 30º


Sol. Longitudinal or normal stress  l = = 5 N/m2
52
100 cos 30 º
Tangential stress  t = = 5 3N / m2
52

Illus. 3. Two blocks of masses 1 kg and 2 kg are connected by a metal wire going over a smooth pulley as shown in
figure. The breaking stress of the metal is 2 × 109 N/m2. What should be the minimum radius of the wire used
if it is not to break? Take g = 10 m/s2

Tension
Sol. The stress in the wire = Area of cross  sec tion . To avoid breaking, this stress should not exceed the

breaking stress.
Let the tension in the wire be T. The equations of motion of the two blocks are,
T – 10 N = (1 kg) a
and 20 N – T = (2 kg) a.
Eliminating a from these equations,
T = (40/3) N.
( 40 / 3)N
The stress = .
r 2

DPPS FILE # 148


If the minimum radius needed to avoid breaking is r,
N ( 40 / 3) N
2 × 109 = .
m 2  r2
Solving this, r = 4.6 × 10–5 m.

llus. 4. A rod of 1.5 m length and uniform density 104 kg/m3 is rotating at an angular velocity 400 rad/sec. about its
one end in a horizontal plane. Find out elongation in rod.
Given y = 2 × 1011 N/m2
w=400rad/sec.

2r r = 0.1m
1.5m

Sol. mass of shaded portion


m
m  (  x ) [where m = total mass =  A  ]

2   x  m x m 2 2
T = m    x  T ( – x) 2   T= ( – x2)
 2    2  2
 = 400 rod l  x 
1.5m 2 m 2   x
dm  x  2 
A B T+dT T T
x l-x l x
dx dx 2

 m 2   Tdx
this tension will be maximum at A  2  and minimum at ‘B’ (zero), elongation in element of width ‘dx’ = Ay
 
Total elengation

Tdx m 2 (  2  x 2 )
 =  Ay
 
0
2 Ay
dx


2
m  2 x3  m2  2 3 m2  2 A2  2
 = 2Ay   x    
 3  = 2Ay  3 3Ay 3 Ay
0

 2  3 10 4  ( 400 )  (1.5)3
 =  = 9 × 10–3 m = 9mm
3y 3  2  1011
llus. 5. Find out the elongation in block. If mass, area of cross-section and young modulus of block are m, A and y
respectively.

Sol.

F m
Acceleration, a= then T = ma where  m = x
m 
m F Fx
T= x =
 m 
Tdx
Elongation in element ‘dx’ =
Ay

DPPS FILE # 149


 
Tdx Fxdx F
total elongation,  = 
o
Ay d =  A y
o
=
2Ay
Note : -
In this problem, if friction is given between block and surface (µ = friction coefficient), and
Case : () F < µmg
() F > µmg
F
Then in both cases answer will be total elongation  =
2Ay
Now answer the follwing :
1. A wire alongates by 1.0 mm when a load W is hanged from it. If this wire goes over a pulley and two weights
W each are hung at the two ends, the elongation of the wire will be
(A) 0.5 m (B) 1.0 mm (C) 2.0 mm (D) 4.0 mm
2. The length of a metal wire is  1 when the tension in it is T1 and is  2 when the tension is T2. The natural
length of the wire is
1   2  1T2   2 T1  1T2   2 T1
(A) (B)  1 2 (C) T  T (D) T  T
2 2 1 2 1

3. A heavy mass is attached to a thin wire and is whirled in a vertical circle. The wire is most likely to break
(A) when the mass is at the highest point
(B) when the mass is at the lowest point
(C) when the wire is horizontal
(D) at an angle of cos–1 (1/3) from the upward vertical
4. Two wires of equal length and cross-section area suspended as shown in
figure. Thier Young's modulus are Y1 and Y2 respectively. The equivalent
Young's modulus will be

Y1  Y2 Y1Y2
(A) Y1 + Y2 (B) (C) Y  Y (D) Y1 Y2
2 1 2

5. A steel wire and a copper wire of equal length and equal cross-sectional area are joined end to end and the
combination is subjected to a tension. Find the ratio of (a) the stresses developed in the two wires and (b)
the strains developed. Y of steel = 2 × 1011 N/m2. Y of copper = 1.3 × 1011 N/m2.
6. A steel rod of cross-sectional area 4 cm2 and length 2 m shrinks by 0.1 cm as the temperature decreases
in night. If the rod is clamped at both ends during the day hours, find the tension developed in it during night
hours. Young’s modulus of steel = 1.9 × 1011 N/m2.
7. Consider the situation shown in figure. The force F is equal to the m2g/2.
If the area of cross-section of the string is A and its Young’s modulus Y,
find the strain
developed in it. The string is light and there is no friction anywhere.

DPPS FILE # 150


PHYSICS Total Marks : 28
DPP No. 90 Max. Time : 31 min.

Topic : Variation of Strain with Stress

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Single choice Objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.5 (3 marks, 3 min.) [12,12]
Multiple choice objective ('–1' negative marking) Q.5 (4 marks, 4 min.) [4, 4]
Subjective Questions ('–1' negative marking) Q.6 (4 marks, 5 min.) [4, 5]
Match the Following (no negative marking) (2 × 4) Q. 7 (8 marks, 10 min.) [8, 10]

COMPREHENSION
VARIATION OF STRAIN WITH STRESS
When a wire is stretched by a load, it is seen that for small value of load, the extension produced in the wire
is proportional to the load. On removing the load, the wire returns to its original length. The wire regains its
original dimensions only when load applied is less or equal to a certain limit. This limit is called elastic limit.
Thus, elastic limit is the maximum stress on whose removal, the bodies regain their original dimensions. In
shown figure, this type of behavior is represented by OB portion of the graph. Till A the stress is proportional
to strain and from A to B if deforming forces are removed then the wire comes to its original length but here
stress is not proportional to strain.

C D
B E OA  Limit of Proportionality
OB  Elastic limit
A
Strees

C  Yield Point
CD  Plastic behaviour
D  Ultimate point
O Strain DE  Fracture
As we go beyond the point B, then even for a very small increase in stress, the strain produced is very large.
This type of behaviour is observed around point C and at this stage the wire begins to flow like a viscous fluid.
The point C is called yield point. If the stress is further increased, then the wire breaks off at a point D called
the breaking point. The stress corresponding to this point is called breaking stress or tensile strength of the
material of the wire. A material for which the plastic range CD is relatively high is called ductile material.
These materials get permanently deformed before breaking. The materials for which plastic range is relatively
small are called brittle materials. These materials break as soon as elastic limit is crossed.
Analogy of Rod as a spring
stress F
y=  y=
strain A 
Ay
or F= 

Ay
= constant, depends on type of material and geometry of rod. F = k

Ay
where k = = equivalent spring constant.

for the system of rods shown in figure (a), the replaced spring system is shown in figure (b) two spring in
series]. Figure (c) represents equivalent spring system.
Figure (d) represents another combination of rods and their replaced spring system.

DPPS FILE # 151


llus. 1.
A mass ‘m’ is attached with rods as shown in figure. This mass is slightly stretched and released whether
the motion of mass is S.H.M., if yes then find out the time period.

k1k 2 m m(k1  k 2 )
Sol. keq = k  k T = 2 k eq = 2 k1k 2
1 2

A1y1 A 2y2
where k1 = 1
and k2 = 2
ELASTIC POTENTIAL ENERGY STORED IN A STRETCHED WIRE OR IN A ROD
Strain energy stored in equivalent spring
1 2
U= kx
2
2 2 2
F Ay 1 Ay F  1 F 
where x = Ay , k= U= 2 2 = .
 2  A y 2 Ay
equation can be re-arranged
1 F2 A
U= 2
× y [A = volume of rod, F/A = stress]
2 A
1 (stress )2
U= × volume
2 y

1 F F F
again, U= × Ay × A  [ Strain = Ay ]
2 A
1
U= stress × strain × volume
2
2
1 F
again, U= 2 2 Ay
2 A y
1
U = y (strain)2 × volume
2
strain energy 1 (stress )2 1 1
strain energy density = =  y(strain)2 = stress × strain
volume 2 y 2 2
llus. 2.
A ball of mass ‘m’ drops from a height ‘h’, which sticks to hanger after
striking. Neglect over turning, find out the maximum extension in rod.
Asumme rod and hanger is massless.

DPPS FILE # 152


Sol. Applying energy conservation
1 k1k 2 x 2
mg (h + x ) =
2 k1  k 2
A1y1 A 2y2
where k1 = 1
k2 = 2

A 1A 2 y1y 2
& K eq 
A1y1 2  A 2 y1 1
keqx2 – 2mgx – 2mgh = 0

2mg  4m 2 g2  8mghk eq mg m 2 g2 2mgh


x= xmax =  
2k eq k eq k 2eq k eq
BY S.H.M.

k eq
w v =  a2  y2 keq
m

keq 2 2mgh m 2 g2
2gh = a  y 2   2 =a mg 2gh
m k eq k eq y =k
eq
equilibrium
a position
mg m 2 g2 2mgh
maxm extension =a+y= k + 
eq k eq k eq

1. If x longitudinal strain is produced in a wire of Young’s modulus y, then energy stored in the material of the
wire per unit volume is :
(A) yx2 (B) 2 yx2 (C) ½ y2x (D) ½ yx2
2*. A metal wire of length L is suspended vertically from a rigid support. When a bob of mass M is attached to
the lower end of wire, the elongation of the wire is  :
(A) The loss in gravitational potential energy of mass M is Mg
(B) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire is Mg
1
(C) The elastic potential energy stored in the wire is Mg
2
1
(D) Heat produced is loss of mechanical energy of system is Mg
2
3*. A metal wire of length L area of cross-section A and Young’s modulus Y is stretched by a variable force F
such that F is always slightly greater than the elastic force of resistance in the wire. When the elongation
of the wire is  :
YA 2
(A) the work done by F is
L
YA 2
(B) the work done by F is
2L
YA 2
(C) the elastic potential energy stored in the wire is
2L
(D) heat is produced during the elongation

4. Two wires of the same material and length but diameter in the ratio 1 : 2 are stretched by the same force.
The ratio of potential energy per unit volume for the two wires when stretched will be :
(A) 1 : 1 (B) 2 : 1 (C) 4 : 1 (D) 16 : 1

DPPS FILE # 153


5. The workdone in increasing the length of a one metre long wire of cross-sectional area 1 mm2 through 1 mm
will be (Y = 2 x 1011 Nm–2) :
(A) 0.1 J (B) 5 J (C) 10 J (D) 250 J
6. One end of a long metallic wire of length L is tied to the ceiling. The other end is tied to a massless spring
of spring constant k. A mass m hangs freely from the free end of the spring. The area of cross-section and
the Young modulus of the wire are A and Y respectively. If the mass is slightly pulled down and released, it
will oscillate with a time period T equal to :

m m (Y A  k L )
(A) 2  (B) 2 
k YAk

m YA mL
(C) 2  (D) 2 
kL YA
7. In the figure shown the strain versus stress graph for two values of young's modulus?

(i) which material is more ductile ? Explain.


(ii) Which material is more brittle? Explain.
(iii) Which material is stronger? Explain.

DPPS FILE # 154


PHYSICS Total Marks : 9
DPP No. 91 Max. Time : 9 min.

Topic : Viscosity
Type of Questions M.M., Min.
Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

COMPREHENSION
VISCOSITY
When a solid body slides over another solid body, a frictional-force begins to act between them. This force
opposes the relative motion of the bodies. Similarly, when a layer of a liquid slides over another layer of the
same liquid, a frictional-force acts between them which opposes the relative motion between the layers. This
force is called 'internal frictional-force'.
Suppose a liquid is flowing in streamlined motion on a fixed horizontal surface AB (Fig.). The layer of the
liquid which is in contact with the surface is at rest due to adhesive forces between the liquid and the surface,
while the velocity of other layers increases with distance from the fixed surface. In the Fig., the lengths of the
arrows represent the increasing velocity of the layers. Thus there is a relative motion between adjacent
layers of the liquid. Let us consider three parallel layers a, b and c. Their velocities are in the increasing order.
The layer a tends to retard the layer b, while b tends to retard c.
Thus each layer tends to decrease the velocity of the layer above it. Similarly, each layer tends to increase
the velocity of the layer below it. This means that in between any two layers of the liquid, internal tangential
forces act which try to destroy the relative motion between the layers. These forces are called 'viscous
forces'. If the flow of the liquid is to be maintained, an external force must be applied to overcome the
dragging viscous forces. In the absence of the external force, the viscous forces would soon bring the liquid
to rest. The property of the liquid by virtue of which it opposes the relative motion between its
adjacent layers is known as 'viscosity’.
Maximum Velocity Layer

c
b
a
The property of viscosity is seen in the following examples :
A B
Zero Horizontal
Velocity Layer Plane
(i) A stirred liquid, when left, comes to rest on account of viscosity. Thicker liquids like honey, coaltar,
glycerine, etc. have a larger viscosity than thinner ones like water. If we pour coaltar and water on a
table, the coaltar will stop soon while the water will flow upto quite a large distance.
(ii) If we pour water and honey in separate funnels, water comes out readily from the hole in the funnel
while honey takes enough time to do so. This is because honey is much more viscous than water.
As honey tends to flow down under gravity, the relative motion between its layers is opposed strongly.
(iii) We can walk fast in air, but not in water. The reason is again viscosity which is very small for air but
comparatively much larger for water.
Viscosity comes into play only when there is a relative motion between the layers of the same
material. This is why it does not act in solids.
VELOCITY GRADIENT AND COEFFICIENT OF VISCOSITY
The property of a liquid by virtue of which an opposing force (internal friction) comes into play whenever there
is a relative motion between the different layers of the liquid is called viscosity. Consider a flow of a liquid over
the horizontal solid surface as shown in fig. Let us consider two layers AB and CD moving with velocities
  
v and v + d v at a distance x and (x + dx) respectively from the fixed solid surface.
According to Newton, the viscous drag or back ward force (F) between these layers depends.
(i) directly proportional to the area (A) of the layer and (ii) directly proportional to the velocity gradient
 dv 
  between the layers.
 dx 
dv dv
i.e. F A or F   A ...(1)
dx dx

DPPS FILE # 155


 is called Coefficient of viscosity. Negative sign shows that
the direction of viscous drag (F) is just opposite to the direction of
the motion of the liquid.
SIMILARITIES AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN VISCOSITY AND SOLID FRICTION
Similarities
Viscosity and solid friction are similar as
1. Both oppose relative motion. Whereas viscosity opposes the relative motion between two adjacent liquid
layers, solid friction opposes the relative motion between two solid layers.
2. Both come into play, whenever there is relative motion between layers of liquid or solid surfaces as the case
may be.
3. Both are due to molecular attractions.
Differences between them 
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Viscosity Solid Friction
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
(i) Viscosity (or viscous drag) between layers of (i) Friction between two solids is independent of
liquid is directly proportional to the area of the area of solid surfaces in contact.
the liquid layers.
(ii) Viscous drag is proportional to the relative (ii) Friction is independent of the relative
velocity between two layers of liquid. velocity between two surfaces.
(iii) Viscous drag is independent of normal (iii) Friction is directly proportional to the
reaction between two layers of liquid. normal reaction between two surfaces in
contact.
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON THE VISCOSITY
The viscosity of liquids decrease with increase in temperature and increase with the decrease in temperature.
1
That is,  . On the other hand, the value of viscosity of gases increases with the increase in temperature
T
and vice-versa. That is,  T (This takes into account the diffusion of the gases).
SOME APPLICATIONS OF VISCOSITY
Knowledge of viscosity of various liquids and gases have been put to use in daily life. Some applications of
its knowledge are discussed as under 
1. As the viscosity of liquids vary with temperature, proper choice of lubricant is made depending upon season.
Coaltar used for making of roads is heated to reduce its viscosity so that it can be easily laid on the road.
2. Liquids of high viscosity are used in shock absorbers and buffers at railway stations.
3. The phenomenon of viscosity of air and liquid is used to damp the motion of some instruments like galvanometer
UNITS OF COEFFICIENT OF VISCOSITY
F
From the above formula, we have  
A( v x / z )
[MLT 2 ] [MLT 2 ]
 dimensions of  =   [ML1T 1 ]
[L2 ][LT 1 / L] [L2 T 1 ]
Its unit is kg/(meter-second)
In C.G.S. system, the unit of coefficient of viscosity is dyne s cm –2 and is called poise. In SI the unit of
coefficient of viscosity is N sm–2 and is called decapoise.
1 decapoise = 1 N sm–2 = (105 dyne) × s × (102 cm)–2 = 10 dyne s cm–2 = 10 poise
llus. 1.
A man is rowing a boat of mass m with a constant velocity ‘v 0’ in a river the contact area of boat is ‘A’ and
coefficient of viscosity is . The depth of river is ‘D’. Find the force required to row the boat. Assume that
velocity gradient is constant.
Sol. Fext – FV = m ares ares
Base
As boat moves with constant velocity ares = 0 Area A Fext
Fext = FV v0
FV
dv dv v 0 v D
But FV =  A , but = 0 = 0
dz dz D D
Av 0
then Fext = FV =
D

DPPS FILE # 156


llus. 2.
A cubical block (of side 2m) of mass20 kg slides on inclined plane lubricated with
the oil of viscosity  = 10–1 poise with constant velocity of 10 m/sec. (g = 10 m/
sec2)
find out the thickness of layer of liquid. (10–1 poise = 10–2 Nsm2)
dv dv v
Sol. F = F =  A = mg sin  =
dz dz h
10
20 × 10 × sin 30° =  × 4 ×
h

40  10 2
h= – [ = 10–1 poise = 10–2 N-sec-m–2 ]
100
= 4 × 10–3 m = 4 mm
Now Answer the questions below :
1. A metal square plate of 10 cm side rests on a 2 mm thick caster oil layer. Calculate the horizontal force
needed to move the plate with speed 3 cm s–1 : (Coefficient of viscosity of caster oil is 15 poise.)

(A) 2.25 × 10–2 N (B*) 2.25 × 10–1 N (C) 2.25 × 10–3 N (D) 2.25 × 10–4 N
2. A man starts rowing his stationary cuboidal boat of base area A = 10m2. The driving force on the boat due to
rowing is 100 N in the direction of motion. Find the maximum velocity that the boat can achieve. Also find the
time in which he will attain half of this maximum velocity. [Take coefficient of viscosity of water = 15 poise]
The depth of the lake is 10 m and the combined mass of man and the boat to be 150 kg. (u = 0, velocity
gradient uniform)

3. As per the shown figure the central solid cylinder starts with initial angular velocity 0. Find out the time after
which the angular velocity becomes half. (Velocity gradient uniform)

DPPS FILE # 157


PHYSICS Total Marks : 9
DPP No. 92 Max. Time : 9 min.

Topic : Stokes' Law

Type of Questions M.M., Min.


Comprehension ('–1' negative marking) Q.1 to Q.3 (3 marks, 3 min.) [9, 9]

COMPREHENSION
STOKES' LAW

Stokes proved that the viscous drag (F) on a spherical body of radius r moving with relative velocity v in a
fluid of viscosity  is given by F = 6 r v. This force is opposite to relative velocity. This is called Stokes’ law.
The work done by the force is negative and it dissipates in the form of heat.
TERMINAL VELOCITY
When a body is dropped in a viscous fluid, it first accelerates and then its acceleration becomes zero and it
attains a constant velocity called terminal velocity.

Calculation of Terminal Velocity


Let us consider a small ball, whose radius is r and density is , falling freely in a liquid (or gas) whose density
is  and coefficient of viscosity  . When it attains a terminal velocity v. It is subjected to two forces :

(i) effective force acting downward 6rv


4 3
= V (–) g = r ( – )g, v
3
(ii) viscous force acting upward = 6   rv..
4/3r3 (–) g

Since the ball is moving with a constant velocity v i.e., there is no acceleration in it, the net force acting on
it must be zero. That is
4 2 r 2 (  )g
6  rv = p r3 ( – ) g or v=
3 9 
Thus, terminal velocity of the ball is directly proportional to the square of its radius

Important point
Air bubble in water always goes up. It is because density of air () is less than the density of water (). So
the terminal velocity for air bubble is Negative, which implies that the air bubble will go up. Positive terminal
velocity means the body will fall down.
Applications of Stokes' Formula
(i) In determining the Electronic Charge by Millikan's Experiment : Stokes' formula is used in
Millikan's method for determining the electronic charge. In this method the formula is applied for
finding out the radii of small oil-drops by measuring their terminal velocity in air.

(ii) Velocity of Rain Drops : Rain drops are formed by the condensation of water vapour on dust
particles. When they fall under gravity, their motion is opposed by the viscous drag in air. As the
velocity of their fall increases, the viscous drag also increases and finally becomes equal to the
effective force of gravity. The drops then attain a (constant) terminal velocity which is directly propor-
tional to the square of the radius of the drops. In the beginning the raindrops are very small in size
and so they fall with such a small velocity that they appear floating in the sky as cloud. As they grow
in size by further condensation, then they reach the earth with appreciable velocity,

DPPS FILE # 158


(iii) Parachute : When a soldier with a parachute jumps from a flying
aeroplane, he descends very slowly in air.

In the beginning the soldier falls with gravity acceleration g, but soon the acceleration goes on decreasing
rapidly until in parachute is fully opened. Therefore, in the beginning the speed of the falling soldier increases
somewhat rapidly but then very slowly. Due to the viscosity of air the acceleration of the soldier becomes
ultimately zero and the soldier then falls with a constant terminal speed. In Fig graph is shown between the
speed of the falling soldier and time.
llus. 1. A spherical ball is moving with terminal velocity inside a liquid. Determine the relationship of rate of heat loss
with the radius of ball. 2
 2 gr 2 (0    ) 
Sol. Rate of heat loss = power = F × v = 6   r v × v = 6   r v = 6p  r 
2 
 9  
Rate of heat loss  r5
llus. 2. A drop of water of radius 0.0015 mm is falling in air. If the coefficient of viscosity of air is
1.8 × 10–5 kg /(m-s), what will be the terminal velocity of the drop? (density of water = 1.0 × 103 kg/m2 and g
= 9.8 N/kg.) Density of air can be neglected.
Sol. By Stokes' law , the terminal velocity of a water drop of radius r is given by
2 r 2 (   ) g
=
9 
where  is the density of water,  is the density of air and  the coefficient of viscosity of air. Here  is neg-
ligible and r = 0.0015 mm = 1.5 × 10–3 mm = 1.5 × 10–6 m. Substituting the values :

2 (1.5  10 6 ) 2  (1.0  10 3 )  9.8


= × = 2.72 × 10–4 m/s
9 1.8  10 5
Now answer the follwing :
1. A ball bearing of radius of 3 mm made of iron of density 7.85 g cm–3 is allowed to fall through a long column
of glycerine of density 1.25 g cm–3. It is found to attain a terminal velocity of 2.20 cm s–1. Determine the
viscosity of glycerine in centipoise. (Take g = 10 m/s2)
2. An air bubble of 1 cm radius is rising at a steady rate of 0.5 cm s–1 through a liquid of density 0.81 gcm–3.
Calculate the coefficient of viscosity of the liquid. Neglect the density of air.(Take g = 10 m/s2)
3. A metallic sphere of radius 1.0 × 10–3 m and density 1.0 × 104 kg/m3 enters a tank of water, after a free fall
through a distance of h in the earth’s gravitational field. If its velocity remains unchanged after entering water,
determine the value of h. Given : coefficient of viscosity of water = 1.0 × 10–3 N-s/m2, g = 10 m/s2 and density of water
= 1.0 × 103 kg/m3.

DPPS FILE # 159


DPP NO. - 1 DPP NO. - 8
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (A) 1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (D)
5. (C) 6. (ABD) 7. (B) 8. (B) 6. (B,D,E) 7. 4 units 8. (A) 9. (B)
9. (D) 10. (C) 10. (B)

DPP NO. - 2 DPP NO. - 9


1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. 4x 3 + 6x 1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (C)
6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (B) 9. (A), (B), (C)
2 dy 1 3 10. (5, 10)
5. 5 + 21x 2 6. 7. = 1 + 2x – 2  4 .
5 dx x x

2
DPP NO. - 10
dy
8. = 2x – 3 . 9. (B) 10. (A) 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (A)
dx x
6. (A,B,C) 7. (A,B,C) 8. 10 cm s–1
DPP NO. - 3
DPP NO. - 11
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (B)
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (D)
6. (A) 7. (B)
6. (C,D) 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (D)
dy 18 32
8. = 8(2x +3)3 – 14(7x – 1)–  . DPP NO. - 12
dx (3x  1)4 (4 x  3)3
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C)
9. (A) 10. (B) 6. (C) 7. 212.5 m. 8. Only graph (iii) is possible.

DPP NO. - 4 DPP NO. - 13


1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (B) 1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C)
5. (B) 6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (A), (B) 6. (B) 7. (B) 8. (B)
c2
9. 10. sin 4x + C DPP NO. - 14
4
1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (D)
DPP NO. - 5 6. (A) 7. (B)(C) 8. (A,B,D) 9. (A,B)
1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (A) 10. 26 m.
5. 12250 m 6. 4x3 + 6x2 + C
7. (C) 8. (D) 9. (B) DPP NO. - 15
1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (D) 5. (D)
DPP NO. - 6 6. (D) 7. (A) 8. (B)
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (D)
DPP NO. - 16
3
1 (2t  4)
5.  cos4t + t 2 + C. 6. = – +C 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (D) 5. (B)
4 6
6. (C) 7. 9
1 125
7. log (6t – 1) + C 8. (A) 9. (A) 8. h = m above point of projection
6 3
10. (A) 11. (C) 9. (A) r (B) p (C) s (D) q

DPP NO. - 7 DPP NO. - 17


1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. 5 1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (B)
6. 2 7. (C) 8. (B) 9. (B)
6. (A) 7. (A), (B) 8. ( ) 9. ( ).

DPPS FILE # 160


DPP NO. - 18 DPP NO. - 27
1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (A) 1. (D) 2. (A) (B) (D) 3. 0.5 sec.
5. (A),(D) 6. (B), (D) 7. 0.5 m/s. 4. (C) 5. (C) 6. (A)
8. (A) s (B) p (C) r (D) q
DPP NO. - 28
DPP NO. - 19
1._ (C) 2._ (A) 3. (B) 4. (B)
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6. (A) (B) (C)
5. t = (loge2) sec 6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C) 2mg
7. (a) T = mg, x = ;
K
DPP NO. - 20
mg
1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (C) 4. (A) 5. (D) (b) T1 = mg , T2 = 2mg, x = ;
K
2 mg
6. (B) 7. t = 8. 52 m (c) T1 = mg, T2 = 2mg, x = ;
a K

DPP NO. - 21 (d) T = mg, x =


2mg
; (e) T = 2mg, x =
mg
K K
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (A)
6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (C)
DPP NO. - 29
DPP NO. - 22 
1. (A) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. =
1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. (A) 4
6. (C) 7. (A), (B), (C) 8. (B), (C) 5. (i) yes (ii) depends upon path (iii) yes (iv) no
(v) limiting friction needs to be overcome to make
body move
DPP NO. - 23 (vi) N is larger
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A) 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)
6. (A,D)
, DPP NO. - 30
DPP NO. - 24 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. (A)
6. (B) 7. (C)
1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (B) 5. (A)
6. (D) 7. (i) False (ii) True DPP NO. - 31
8. (i) 24 N (ii) 108 N
1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (B)
DPP NO. - 25 6. (E) 7. (A)(D)

1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (B) DPP NO. - 32


m1 m 2 g sin(   ) 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B) 5. (C)
4. (A) 5. T = m cos   m cos  6. (A) 6. (D) 7. (B) 8. (A) (B)
1 2

7. (B) 8. (D) DPP NO. - 33


DPP NO. - 26 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (A) (D)
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (A) 5. (C)

5. (B) (D) 6. (B)(D) 7. (a) t = 4 3g
mg
6. (A) (B) (D) 7. F = 2
 m 
1    2  5
 m  M (b) SA = 4V 3g  3  , SB = 4V 3g  3  ,
d 1
8. =
dt 1 t2

DPPS FILE # 161


8. (a) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g
(b) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g
DPP NO. - 41
(c) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g 1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (B)
4. (A) 5. (B) 6. (B)
DPP NO. - 34 7. (A), (D) 8. (D) 9. (A)
10. (C)
1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (D)
5.(B), (C), (D) 6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (B)
DPP NO. - 42
DPP NO. - 35 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (B)
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. 2 sec. 4. (B) 5. (D) 6. (B)
5. 5 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B)
2 R
7. (a) (– 3 î + 4 ĵ ) m/s2
DPP NO. - 36 20T2

1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B) R


5.(A) (D) (b) m/s2
2 T2
6. (10 î  10k̂ ) rain appears to come 45° with î
DPP NO. - 43
7. (B) 8. (D)
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (C)
DPP NO. - 37
48
1. (A) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (A) 4. (C) 5. 20 m 6. u = g
5
 g 2  7. (A) 8. (A) 9. (C)
 
6. (A), (B), (D) 7. w =  a    2  (M / m)  10. (A) 11. (A)
 
8. x = [3(a – mg)/b]½ DPP NO. - 44
DPP NO. - 38 1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (D)
4. (D) 5. (A) (B) (C)
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A), (C) 4. 10m/s.
6. (D) 7. (C) 8. (A)
5. 27 N 6. (A) 7. (A) 8. (A)
9. (A) s (B) q (C) r (D) p

DPP NO. - 39 DPP NO. - 45


2
a
1. (A) 2. – 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (A)
2
4. (C) 5. (B) 6. (B)
3. wOAC = 8 J, wOBC = 2 J; wODC = 19/3 J, No
7. A = mg (h + k  ) 8. (B)
4. (A) 5. (B) 6. (C)
9. (A) 10. (D)
7. (A) s (B) r (C) r (D) r
DPP NO. - 46
DPP NO. - 40 1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (A)
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (D) 5. 140 N. 6. (1/7, 23/14)
7. (A) p,q (B) r, s (C) p,q,s (D) p,q,s
4. (A) (C) 5. (i) 10 3 î  5 ĵ ,
DPP NO. - 47

1 3 
(ii) cos  2  1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (B)
 13 
40
6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (C) 4. (D) 5. sec. 6. 300
7
7. (A) r (B) q,s (C) p (D) q,r 8. (B)

DPPS FILE # 162


DPP NO. - 48 DPP NO. - 56
1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (A) 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (A) 4. (B)
4. F = 2mg 5. (A) 6. (A) 5. (A), (C) 6. (A), (C) 7. (C)

7. (B) 8. (A) q,r (B) p,s (C) p,s (D) p,s DPP NO. - 57
DPP NO. - 49 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C)
5. (B), (C), (D) 6. (A), (D)
1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (C)
4. (A), (B) 5. (A), (C) mg r
7. T = 2
1/ 3
R  r2
2
 K mg 
6. (a) 5k > 4s , (b) x=  
 K  DPP NO. - 58
7. (A), (D) 8. (B) 9. (C), (D) 1. (D) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A)

DPP NO. - 50 5. (a) AB =


1
mR2
4
1. (A) 2. (B) 3. (B)
2
4. (A) 5. (A) 6. (B) 1  4R 
7. (B) 8. (C) 9. (C) (b) CD = mR2 – m   by parallel axis Theorem
2  3 

DPP NO. - 51 2


6. cos–1  3  7. 13   3 Ans.
 
1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (C)
4 (D) 5. (A) 6. (B) 57
7. R/3 8. (A) q (B) q (C) r (D) q 8.  = MR2 9. (D)
140

DPP NO. - 52 DPP NO. - 59


1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (B)
4. (C) 5. (A), (C) 6. (A), (B), (C) 2mg  MgL
5. T = 6. (B) 7. (C)
1 2L sin 
7. k x02
4 8. (D)

DPP NO. - 53 DPP NO. - 60


1. (C) 2. (B), (C) 3. (A), (B), (C) 1. (A) 2. (A,B,D) 3. (B,D) 4. 13
5. (a) T = 225N, (b) F X = 225N, F Y = 300N
13  mv 2
4. 5. 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)
4 3
6. (A) p (B) q (C) q, s (D) r
DPP NO. - 61
DPP NO. - 54 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (C)

1. (A) 2. (D) 3. (A), (B), (C) 3


5. (2,0) 6. 7. (B) 8. (B)
4. Kinetic energy of m1 > initial mechanical energy of 2
system 9. (A)
5. 5 cm 6. (A) 7. (B) 8. (C)
DPP NO. - 62
DPP NO. - 55
mg mg
1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (A) 5. (C) 1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4.(a) 2 k (b)
2
6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B)
5. (B) 6. (D) 7. (C)
8. A – s , B – p, C – q , D – r

DPPS FILE # 163


DPP NO. - 63 DPP NO. - 70
1. (C) 2. (C) 3. (B)(C)(D) 1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (A) 4. (A) 5. (C)
6. (A) 7. (A) (B) (C) (D)
5
4. (a) VP = V (b) V cosec 
4
DPP NO. - 71
9g 4w
5. (a)  (b)  6. (C) 7. (D)
7 7 1. (D) 2. (C) 3. (C) 4. (D) 5. (C)
8. (B) T
6. (A)(B) (C) 7. 2 8.
24
DPP NO. - 64
DPP NO. - 72
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) (B) (C) (D)
4. 36 5. 48 N 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (B) 1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (A) (B) (C) 4. (A) (B) (C)
5. (B) 6. (A) 7. (A)

DPP NO. - 65 DPP NO. - 73


1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (A)(B) (C)(D)
T
20 2g 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. 0 4. 5. (B)
5. a = or 6. (A) 7. (D) 8. (B) 24
7 7
6. (B) 7. (B)
DPP NO. - 66
DPP NO. - 74
1. (B) 2. (D) 3. (A)(B)(D) 4. 0 = 2/5
1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (B) (C) 4. (A) (B) (C)
5. (C) 6. (B) 7. (B)
10 25 25
5. 8 6. (a) Hz (b) cm (c) N , 91.7 N.
DPP NO. - 67  6 3

NL 2mg 1 k  M  m  ab
1. (E) 2. 3. (C) 4. (B) 7. (a) K  ; (b) (c)  
4 ba 2 M  m  ba  m
5. (D) 6. (C) 7. (A) 8. (C)
9. (B) 10. (C) DPP NO. - 75
DPP NO. - 68 1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (C) 5. (D)
6. (A) 7. (C) 8. (B)
1. (B) 2. (B) 3. (D) 4. (A), (B), (D)
5. (A), (B), (C) DPP NO. - 76
6. Since torque is not balanced, it will topple.
7. 300rad/sec., 150 rad/sec 1. (C) 2. (A) (B) (C) (D) 3. (C) (D)
4. (A) (B) (C) (D) 5. 3 6. (D)
DPP NO. - 69 7. (B) 8. (B)

1. (D) 2. (B) 3. (A) DPP NO. - 77


4. (a) 2g[R(1  cos )   sin ] 1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (B) 4. (B)(D) 5. 5

m2
   6. 3 7. =3 8. (a) 6m, 0.25 Hz, 1.5m/s
(b) 6 mg 1  cos   sin   m1
 R 
(c) The radius through the particle makes an angle (b) 1.5 mm/s,0.752 mm/s (c) 
cos–1 (2/3) with the vertical 5. 50/3 sec.
6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (A)

DPPS FILE # 164


DPP NO. - 78 DPP NO. - 86
1. (C) 2. (A) 3. Acceleration = 0 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. (B)
4. (A) 5. (C) 6. (B) 6. 90 7. (A) p,q,s (B) r,s (C) s (D) r,s
7. (A) – p ; (B) – r, s, t ; (C) – r, s, t ; (D) – r, s, t
DPP NO. - 87
DPP NO. - 79
1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. (B)
1. (D) 2. (A) 3. (D) 4. 8 5. (B) 5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6. 3
6. (C) 7. (D) 7. (A) – r ; (B) – p,q,s ; (C) – p ; (D) – r, p

DPP NO. - 80 DPP NO. - 88


1. (B) 2. (A) 3. (C) 1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (A) 4. (C) 5. (B)
2 Ms
2  1  h   6. (A)(C) 7. v = v 0 , S = V0
4. V = mgh – K   µmgh cot  
m  2  sin   

5. (B) 6. (C) 7. (D)
DPP NO. - 89
1. (B) 2. (C) 3. (B) 4. (B)
DPP NO. - 81
strain in copper wire 20
1. (C) 2. (A) 3. (C) 4. (A) (C) 5. (a) 1 (b) =
strain in steel wire 13
5. (A) 6. (C) 7. (A)
m 2 g (2m1  m 2 )
6. 3.8 × 104 N 7.
DPP NO. - 82 2AY(m1  m 2 )

m2 DPP NO. - 90
1. (C) 2. (A) 3. 1.5% 4. sin = m
1
1. (D) 2. (A) (C) (D) 3.(B) (C)
15 4. (D) 5. (A) 6. (B)
(b) m/s2 5. (C) 6. (D) 7. (C) 7. (i) A(from comprehension)
9
(ii) B (from comprehension)

DPP NO. - 83 (iii) A (A can bear more stress than B before fracture)

1. (C) 2. (B) 3. (B) 4. (A) (B) (C) (D)

1 DPP NO. - 91
5. (A) (B) (C) (D) 6.  = tan–1
2
200
7. (A) p,s (B) p,s (C) q,s (D) r 1. (B) 2. m/s, t = 100 n2 seconds
3
DPP NO. - 84 m (R 2  R1 )n2
3. t= 4    R1
1. (A) 2. (C) 3. (D) 4. (C)

1 DPP NO. - 92
5.  m/sec. 6. (B) 7. (C)
6
8. (A) 1. 6000 2. 360 poise 3. 20 m

DPP NO. - 85
1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (C) 4. (D)
5. 06 m 6. (D) 7. (A)

DPPS FILE # 165


dy
DPP NO. - 1 3. y = – 2/3 x + 5/3 
dx
= – 2/3

3 Alter : y = mx + c
1. sin 300º = sin (360 – 60) = – sin 60º =  (slope) m = –2/3
2

2. tan 225º = tan (180 + 45) = tan 45º = 1


dy
1 4. y = x 4 + 3x 2 + + 2 ; = 4x 3 + 6x
sin 30 º dx
3. sin 15º cos 15º = =
2 4

3 3 9 dy
4. sin 37° × cos 53° =  = 5. y = 4 + 5x + 7x 3 ; = 5 + 21x 2
5 5 25 dx

1 2 2 2 7 dy 2
6. y = x+  =
5. cos  = 1  sin 2  = 1 =  5 5 dx 5
9 3

6. tan 45° = 1 sin 90° = 1 cos 0° = 1 2 1 1 dy 1 3


7. y = x  x   ; = 1 + 2x –  .
x x3 dx x2 x4
1 2
7. S = ut + at
2 1 dy 2
8. y = x 2 + 2 . = 2x – 3
x dx x
1
S = 0 + x2(10)2 = 100 m
2 1 2
9. S = ut + at
2
8. v = u + at
v = 0 + 2 x 10 dS 1
v= = u + a × 2t = u + at
dt 2
= 20 m/s.

dv
9. v = u 10. =a
dt
v = o m/s

10. v 2 = u2 + 2as
DPP NO. - 3
(10)2 = 0 + 2 × 5 × s 1. y = sin x + nx 2 + e2x
s = 10 m
dy 2x
= cos x + 2 + 2e2x
dx x
DPP NO. - 2
2
= cos x + + 2e2x
1. y = x 3 + 2x 2 + 7x + 8 x
2. y = ex . cot x
dy
= 3x 2 + 4x + 7
dx dy d d
= ex (cot x) + cot x (ex)
dx dx dx
2. y = 2x 2 + 3x = ex (–cosec2x) + cotx ex
= ex [cotx – cosec 2x]
dy
= 4x + 3
dx

DPPS FILE # 166


3. y = x nx 2 4
8. y = (2x +3 ) 4 – (7x –1)2 + 3 +
(3 x  1) ( 4x  3) 2
dy d d
=x nx + nx (x)
dx dx dx dy
= = 4(2x + 3)3 × 2 – 2(7x – 1) × 7 + 2 (–3)
dx
 1 × (3x +1)–4 × 3 + 4 × (–2) × (4x – 3) –3 × 4
= x   + nx
 x
9. y1 = sin 4x 2 ,
= 1 + nx
dy 1
nx = cos 4x 2 (8x) = 8x cos 4x 2
4. y = dx
x
dy 2 3x 2 3
10. y2 = nx 3  = 3 =
d d dx x x
x (nx ) – nx (x)
dy dx dx DPP NO. - 4
=
dx x2
dx d2 x
1. =v  = acceleration
x(1/ x ) – nx dt dt 2
=
x2

1  nx 2. y = x 3
dy
=
dx x2
dy d2 y
= 3x 2 = 6x
2
dx dx 2
5. y = sin (x + 3)
3. Q = 4V3 + 3V2
dy
= cos (x 2 + 3) (2x + 0)
dx dQ
= 12V2 + 6V
dv
= 2x cos (x 2 + 3)

dQ 1
6. y = x 2 sin x = 0 V = 0 , –
dv 2
dy d d
= x2 sin x + sin x (x 2)
dx dx dx d2 Q  d2Q 
 
= 24 v + 6   dv 2  = 6 (+ve)
= x 2 cos x + 2x sin x dV 2   v 0

7. y = tan x cos2 x
 d2Q 
 
dy d d  dv 2  = – 12 + 6 = – 6 (-ve)
= tan x (cos2x) + cos2x (tan x)   v  –1/ 2
dx dx dx

= tan x (–2) cos x sin x + cos2 x sec2 x V = – 1/2 for maximum Q


= 1 – 2 sin2x 4. y = 2sin2 + tan 
sin x dy
Alter : y =  cos2 x = sin x cos x = 2 x 2 sin  cos  + sec2
cos x d

1 = 2 sin 2  + sec2 
y= sin 2x
2
x4
x 3 dx =
dy 1
5.  4
C
= × 2 cos 2x
dx 2
= cos 2x
6.  2 sin( x)dx = – 2 cos x + C

= 1 – 2 sin2x

DPPS FILE # 167


7. y = sin x

Alter : fx = 2 sin (x + 4 )
dy
= cos x
dx
f(x)max = 2
2
d y
= – sin x 2. (C*) 10 s
dx 2
ds
8. sin° = 0 3. = 15 – 0.8 t = 7 = v
dt
tan 0° = 0
; 8 = 0.8 t ; t = 10 second.
dy c
9. = C – 2x = 0  x= d2 s
dx 2 a= = – 0.8 m/s2
dt 2
d2 y
 2
dx 2 4. (A*)  2 m/s,  8 m/s2

ds 490
c c c2 5. = 490 – 9.8 t = 0 t= = 50 second.
Ymax =  c   = dt 9.8
2 2 4
Smax = 490 × 50 – 4.9 × 2500 = 12250 m
10. y = 4 cos 4x

dt
6. dy = 12xdx  ( x  1) (12x) dx = 4x 3 + 6x2 + C

 ydx  4 cos t 4
7. v = 3t 2
4x = t
v = 3(3)2 = 27 m/s
4dx = dt
s 2
dt
dx =
4 8. 
o
dS =
 3t dt
2

dt
 4 cos t 4 = sin t = sin 4x
S= t
3
 2
=8
0

DPP NO. - 5 dv
9. f = = 6t
dt
1. y = f(x) = sin x + cos x
f = 6 × 3 = 18 m/s2
dy
= cos x – sin x
dx DPP NO. - 6
dy 1. y = 2x 3 + 3x 2 + 6x + 1
= 0 , sin x = cos x , tan x = 1
dx
dy
x = 45° = 6x 2 + 6x + 6
dx
y = sin 45° + cos 45°
= 6(x 2 + x + 1)
1 1
= 
2 2 2. Let 3y2 + 4y + 3 = t  (6y + 4) dy = dt

2 t2
=
2
= 2
Then  x dy =  t dt =
2
+C

(3 y 2  4 y  3)2
= +C
2
DPPS FILE # 168
 x  1 dq i  
  1 9. i = = 3 × 3 cos(3t)  t

= 9 cos  3. 
 x  1 dt 9  9
3. f(f(x)) =  x  1  =x
  1
 x  1   9
= 9 cos   = A
3
  2
x 1
f(f(f(x))) = .
x 1
 6
 3 2  3 
10. q = 3 | sin 3t | // 9 = 3 1   = 3 
 2   2 
1/ 3 –1/ 3
( x )1/ 3  1 ( x )1/ 3  1
4. x 
dx – x dx =
1 
  1
–  1  +c
   1
3   3   
q = total charge flown between t = to
9 6

3 3 DPP NO. - 7
= (x)4/3 – (x)2/3 + c.
4 2

d 
5.  (sin 4t  2t )dt = 
1
cos4t + t 2 + C. 1.
dx 

sin x 
1 2 1
 = 2 (sin x )
 1/ 2
. [cos x ] .
1
2
4
(x)–1/2 (By power chain rule)
6. u = 2t – 4

du 1 cos x 1
=2 = . = . cot x  cos x
dt 4 x sin x 4 x

u 4 du 1  u 3  ds dv
 C 2. v = = 3t 2 – 12t + 3, a = = 6t – 12 = 0
 2 2  – 3  dt dt

 t = 2s
(2t  4)3 v t = 2 = 3 × 4 – 12 × 2 + 3 = – 9 m/s
Ans. =– +C
6
7. u = 6t – 1
/2
dx
dt
=6 3.  sin xdx =  cos x
0
/2
0
= 1.

1 du
6  u /2 / 2
 x sin 2x  
4.  sin 2 xdx =    c = .
0  2 4 0 4
1
= log u + C
6

Evaluate :
1
= log (6t –1) + C
6 1

1
5.  (3 x
2
 4)dx  x 3 1
0  4x 10 = 1 + 4 = 5
Ans. log (6t – 1) + C 0
6

/2
8. q = 3 sin 3t
6.  (sin x  cos x ) dx =  cos x 0 / 2 + sin x 0 / 2
 0
q( ) – q(0) = q
6
=1–0+1–0=2


q = 3 sin 3 × = 3 coulombs
6

DPPS FILE # 169


7. a = 3t 2 + 2t + 1
Ay = 2 3
v t
2
 dv   3t  2t  1) dt v = t3 + t2 + t A= A 2x  A 2y
0 0

= 4  12 = 4
8. V(t = 0) = 0
Vt=3 = (3)3 + (3)2 + 3
= 27 + 9 + 3 
8. A = 2 î
= 39
 
V = 39 – 0 = 39 m/s. 2 units

2 2
s  t 4 t3 t 2 
3 2 
9.  dS   (t
0
0
 t  t )dt S=    
 4 3 2 
S 9. B =3j
3 units
0

8 12  8  6 26 
=4+ +2S = = 10.  4 A = –8i
3 3 3 8 units

DPP NO. - 9
DPP NO. - 8

1. A = 2 î  9 ĵ  4 k̂  
1. ( A  B) = 7 î  9 ĵ

4 A = 8 î  36 ĵ  16 k̂  
 A B = 49  81 = 130

2. magnitude & direction must be same.


1m 3 î  3 ĵ î  ĵ
2. unit vector = 2 2 =
3 3 2
dy
3. = x.ex + ex = (x + 1) ex = 0 ; x=–1; 3. Apply triangle law of vector addition.
dx

1
d2 y 5. (A2 + B2 + 2AB cos ) = (A2 + B2 – 2AB cos  )
> 0 for x = –1 4
dx 2
 3A2 + 3B2 + 10 AB cos = 0
dy d or 12B2 + 3B2 + 10(2B) (B) cos = 0
4. = (x 5 - 5x 4 + 5x 3 - 10) = 5x 4 – 20x 3 + 15x 2
dx dx 15B2 + 20B2 cos  = 0
=0 ; x = 3, 0, 1 3
cos  = –
4
d2 y
<0 at x = 1  
dx 2 6. Since B  3A , so both are parallel.

5. A = 2 î  3 ĵ 7. Velocity = (speed) Â

 2 î  3 ĵ 2 î  3 ĵ (2 î  2 ĵ  k̂ )
A = = = 6 = (4 î  4 ĵ  2k̂ ) units.
49 13 4  4 1

 
6*. (B) (D) 
A 8. P – Q = ( î  ĵ – k̂ ) – ( î – ĵ  k̂ ) = 2 ĵ – 2 k̂
unit vector along
7. Ax = 2

DPPS FILE # 170


   4y   3y 
  ( P – Q) 2 ĵ – 2 k̂    3  x  î    4  10  ĵ  0 î  0 ĵ
P– Q = =  5   5 
 
(2)2  (–2)2
| P– Q |
Comparing coefficients of î & ĵ both sides–
 
  ( P – Q) 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ 4y
 P– Q = =  x  3 ......(i)
  2 2 5
(2)  (–2)
| P– Q |

3y
=6  y = 10
2 ĵ – 2 k̂ 2 ĵ – 2 k̂ ĵ – k̂ 5
= = =
44 2 2 2 Putting 8 – x = 3  x=5

DPP NO. - 10
a+b 1. St + St+1 = 100
b a–b
9. 1 1
u+ f(2t – 1) + u + f[2(t + 1) – 1] = 100
2 2
a
1
2u + f(2t – 1 + 2t + 1) = 100
    2
a b  a b
2u + 2ft = 100
  u + ft = 50
 angle between a & b  90°
v = 50 cm/s.
 
 a b  90°

2.

10.

So, A > B

3. time taken by car to cover first half distance.

1 1
= hr = × 60 min = 1.5 min.
40 40

Remaining time = 2.5 – 1.5 = 1 min.

1km
required speed = 1min = 60 km/hr

F  0 2
4. r = a 2 – t 2 + t cos t
 (y cos37º î + y sin37º ĵ ) + (5 cos53º(– î ) + 5
dr 1
V=  (a2 – t2)–1/2 (– 2t) + t (– sin t2) 2t.
dt 2
sin53º ĵ ) + (x(– î ) + 10(– ĵ )) = 0
+ cos t2.

t
V=– – 2 t2 sin t2 + cos t2.
a – t2
2

DPPS FILE # 171


DPP NO. - 11

5. 1. Let u be velocity of ball with which it is thrown.

1 2
h = ut + (– gt ) 25 = ut – 5t2
2
5t2 – ut + 25 = 0 Let t1 , t2 be its roots
t1 + t2 = u/5, t1t2 = 5
Given, t2 – t1 = 4 sec.
(t2 – t1)2 = 16
Net displacement = 50 km  (t2 + t1)2 – 4t1t2 = 16

2
u
6.   – 4 × 5 = 16 u = 30 m/sec.
x = (2t – 3) for B option
5
x = (2t – 3)2 accelerat ed
for t > 3/2
2. For a freely falling body
dx
= 2(2t – 3) (2) = 4(2t – 3) 1 2
dt S= gt S  t2 .
2
V = 4(2t – 3) = 0
rest at t = 3/2
3. v(2) = v(0) + area under a–t graph from t = 0
a = 8 m/s.
to t = 2

1
Dis tan ce | Displaceme nt | =2+ (2) (4) = 6 m/s.
7. since  2
t t

aV speed  | aV. velocity | 4. Distance covered in first 10 sec


in uniform circular motion speed is constant 1
Si = (10) (10)2 = 500 m
but acc.  0 2
in uniform circle motion after one round average
Remaining height from ground = 2495 – 500
velocity becomes zero.
= 1995 m
u = gt = 10 × 10 = 100 m/s velocity on reaching the
8. Let u be initial velocity & a be its acceleration
ground
Distance in first 2 sec = S1 = 200 cm
v 2 = (100)2 + 2(– 2.5) × 1995
1 v 2 = 10000 – 9975 = 25
 u(2) + a(2)2 = 200 cm
2 v = 5 m/s.
 u + a = 100 .........(i) 5. Suppose the particle starts from origin at t = 0. Then
Distance in next 4 sec. = S2 = 220 cm at any time t,
Distance in first 6 sec. = S1 + S2 = 200 + 220 cm x  t3
x = kt3 (K = constant)
1
 u(6) + a(6)2 = 420
2 dx
v= = 3kt2
 u + 3a = 70 .........(ii) dt
From equations (i) & (ii), we get
dv
a = –15 cm/s2 , u = 115 cm/s a= = 6kt
dt
Hence, velocity at the end of 7 sec. from start
= u + 7a a  t.
= 115 + 7(–15) = 10 cm/s.

DPPS FILE # 172


6. Displacement = 0 ( initial position = final 2. Obviously slope of v–t graph is changed at t = 2,
position ) 4,6,......... in direction but it has constant magnitude.
average velocity = 0 ( Total displacement = 0)
3. Instantaneous, acceleration = slope of v–t graph
2
7. V = (3t – 18t + 24) m/s hence, obviously, a – t graph will be as shown,
V = 3 (t – 2) (t – 4)

2 3
s= 
0
Vdt +
 Vdt
2

2 3
4. (A)
=  (3t 2 – 18t  24 )dt +  (3 t
2
– 18t  24 )dt = 
0 2  2 2
 dr
r = (t – 4t + 6) î + t ĵ ; v = = (2t – 4) î + 2t ĵ
dt
|20| + |–2| = 22 m

 dv
, a = = 2 î + 2 ĵ
8. V = 3 (t – 2) (t – 4) dt

a = 6 (t – 3) if a and v are perpendicular
common interval in which V and a both have op-  
posite sign is 0 to 2 sec a.v = 0

(2 î + 2 ĵ ). ((2t – 4) î + 2t ĵ ) = 0
9. Velocity time graph will be
8t – 8 = 0
t = 1 sec.
Ans. t = 1 sec.

1
a( 2n – 1)
SN 2 2n 1 2 1
  – –
5. S 1 2 n2
n 2
n n2
an
2

Speed time graph = |Velocity time graph|


6.
DPP NO. - 12
1. Plotting velocity v against time t, we get on placing back face and bottom face in same plane.

Area under the v–t curve gives distance.


A  starting point G  final point
1 1
Distance = ×2×2+ × 2 × 2 = 4m
2 2 5a
minimum time =
u

DPPS FILE # 173


v x = ux + axt
= 4 i + (2i) 4
= 12 i

4. V = a + bx
7.
(V increases as x increases)
dV dx
= b; =V
dx dt
dV
so, acceleration = V = V.b
dx
hence acceleration increases as V increases with x.

5. The retardation is given by

dv
= – av 2
dt

integrating between proper limits

v t
dv
Maximum displacement is a 25 sec. displacement =
 –  v 2  a dt
=
u 0
25 + 50 + 62.5 + 75 = 212.5 m.

1 1
8. (i) Impossible: Speed is always positive or = at +
v u
(ii) Impossible: Time never decreases.
(iii) Possible: Velocity may increase with time. dt 1
 = at +
dx u

DPP NO. - 13 u dt
 dx =
1  aut
1. At t = 4 sec, V = 0 + (4) (4) = 16 m/sec.
integrating between proper limits
At t = 8 sec, V = 16 m/sec.
s t
At t = 12 sec, V = 16 – 4 (12 – 8) = 0 u dt
For 0 to 4 sec ; s1= ½ at 2 = ½ (4) (4)2 = 32 m

 dx =  1 aut
0 0
For 4 to 8 sec ; s2 = 16 (8 – 4) = 64 m
For 8 to 12 sec ; s3 = 16 (4) – ½ (4) (4) 2 = 32 m 1
S = n (1 + aut)
a
So s1 + s2 + s3 = 32 + 64 + 32 = 128 m
Sol. 6 to 8
Alter : Draw v-t graph
The velocity of particle changes sign at
Area of v-t graph = displacement. t = 1 sec.
 Distance from t = 0 to t = 2 sec. is
2. Using v x = ux + axt
0 1
= 4 i + (2i) 4
= 12 i =  v dt   v dt
1 2
As a y = 0, velocity component in y-direction
remains unchanged. Final velocity = 12 i - 5j 0 1
 3 3 2   3 3 2 
= ( t  t ) + ( t  t ) = 3 m
speed at t = 4 sec. = 12 2  ( 5 )2 = 13 m/s.  2 1  2 2

DPPS FILE # 174


5. From 6:00 AM to 6:30 AM
2
displacement of tip of minute hand
Displacement from t = 0 to t = 2 sec. is  v dt = 2 × 10cm = 20 cm
0

20 cm 2
 3 3 2 
2 Hence, average velocity = = cm min–1 .
30 min 3
= ( t  t ) = 2 m.
 2 0

6. Vel. of Ist stone when passing at A 


DPP NO. - 14 V2 = 0 + 2.10.5
 V = 10 m/s
1. m = 2kg, F = î – ĵ .
S1 – S2 = 20 m.

 F 1
 a =  ( î – ĵ )  1 2 1 2
m 2  10.t  2 10.t  -  2 .10.t   20
   
  
Now V = u  a t.

 1
 V = 2 î  ( î – ĵ ) t.
2

 t t 1 t
=  2  2  î – ĵ = ( t + 4) î – ĵ .
  2 2 2

Alter : Substitute t = 0 in option and get answer

2. x 2 = t2 + 1 t = 2s

dx 1
2x = 2t S2 = . 10 . 4 = 20 m
dt 2
 xV = t Ht = 25 + 20 = 45 m.
xa + V2 = 1

1–
t2
7. cos  =
 3 î  
2 ĵ  2 k̂ .( ĵ )
=
 2
2 2
a = 1– V  x 3  2  4 (1) 3
x x

 2  2
   
x 2 – t2 1  = cos–1  3  or  – cos–1  3 
a =     
x3 x3

v t
5 dv dv
3. 54 km/h = 54 ×
18
= 15 m/s 8.
dt
= g–kv 0
g – kv =
t 0
 dt
15  ( 15)
<a>= = 3 m/s2 . 1  g – kv 
10
– k ln  g  = t
 
4. For minimum number of jumps, range must be
maximum.
g
2 2
g – kv = ge–kt v=
k

1 – e –kt 
u ( 10 )
maximum range = = = 1 meter..
g 10
g
Total distance to be covered = 10 meter
a=
k

0 – e –kt (–k ) 
So total step = 10 = g e–kt

DPPS FILE # 175


ALITER :
g a a g
V= – – 
k k k k

g a
V– =–
k k
kv –g = –a
a = g – kv
= –kv + g

dv 1 1
9. (i) V = – V (ii) a = – V total distance = ×2×8+ × 3 × 12
dx 2 2
= 8 + 18 = 26 m
dv
dv = – dx = – V
dt
DPP NO. - 15
0 x v t 2. At maximum height v = u cos
dv

v0
dv

= –  dx 
v0
v =–  dt
u 1
0 0
=v  cos =   = 60°
2 2

 V 
– v 0 = – x n    t
 u 2 sin 2 u 2 sin(120)
 V0  R=
g
=
g

v0
x= V = V0e–t u2 cos 30 3 u2
 = =
g 2g

V0 3. At the top of trajectory,


V= at t  V = 0.
e t 1
K' = m(u cos)2
2
1 k
 A & B are correct answer = mu2. cos245º = .
2 2

10. u = + 8 m/s 4. For A


a = – 4 m/s2
v=0
 0 = 8 – 4t or t = 2 sec.
displacement in first 2 sec.

1
S1 = 8 × 2 + . (– 4). 22 = 8 m
2

displacement in next 3 sec. Velocity of the particle will be perpendicular to the


initial direction when 10 – g sin 30º t = 0
1
S2 = 0 × 3 + (– 4)32 = – 18 m.  t = 2 s,
2

distance travelled = |S1| + |S2| = 26 m. 2u sin 30 º


but total time of flight = g
= 1 s.
Ans. 26 m.
So not possible
For B
Minimum speed during the motion is

DPPS FILE # 176


3  uy = v y  4, u x  v x =3
= u cos 30º = 10 × = 5 3 m/s. t 0 t 0
2
The angle of projection :
For B
Vy 4 4
1 tan  = =   = tan–1   Ans.
t= second Vx 3 3
2
 particle is at highest point.
3. VA sin 60º = VB
R2 5 13
where, displacement =  H2 = m VA

2
4 4 
VB 3

4. t = t1 + t2
5. For maximum range,  = 45º

u v max
At the highest point, v = u cos = slope of OA curve = tan =  = t1
2

6. Range is same for 2 and 4. v max


 2 + 4 = 90º   = 15º slope of AB curv e =  = t2
Ratio of ranges will be sin30º : sin 60º : sin120º.

1 3 3 2
: :  :2:2 V
2 2 2 3
vmax A
t = t1 + t2
1
7. y = u xt – .g t 2 = 10 × 1 – 5 × 12 = 5 m  
2
x = ux t = 10 × 1 = 10 m t1 t2
8. For constant acceleration if initial velocity makes O B t

an oblique angle with acceleration then path will


be parabolic.
v max v max   
t = + v max =   t
DPP NO. - 16   

5. The velocity of an object released in a moving frame


 x  x  is equal to that of the frame as observed from
1. y = x tan   1  R  y = (12 x) 1  
   16  the frame.

 Range = 16 m Ans.
6. velocity of ball w.r.t. ground = 20 – 10 = 10 m/sec
upwards.
u 1
2. x = ut + at2
2
4y
 1
ux 120 = – 10 t + × 10 t2
2

24 = – 2 t + t2
y = 4t – t 2 , x = 3t
t2 – 2t – 24 = 0
dy dx t = 6 sec.
Vy = = 4 – 2t , Vx = =3
dt dt

DPPS FILE # 177


H tan  5 3  3 (10 )
7.  =
R 4 10
 = 45° & R = 36 m
H=9m 15 3
= 3 3
10 2
y
v 3 
R = 10 cos 60  3  = 7.5 3 m
30°  2 
u=50
8. h
45°
o x

sin 3
g
h = height of the point where velocity makes 30º with 30º g cos 30º
horizontal. g
30º
As the horizontal component of velocity remain same
50 cos45° = v cos30°

2  1
v = 50 2(10 ) 
3 2u sin 30 º  2  2
(C) t =  sec.
g cos 30º  3 3
Now by equation 10 
 2 
 
v 2 = u2 + 2ay y

2
  1
 50  2  = 502 – 2gxh R = 10 cos 30º t  g sin 30º t2
 3  2

10 3  2  1  1 4
2 =    (10 ) 
2gh = 502 – 502 ×  
2  3 2
3  2 3

1 10 20
 2gh = × 502 = 10   m
3 3 3

2500 125 2(10) 2(10) 4


h = = (D) T =   sec.
60 3 g cos 30  3 3
10 
 2 
125  
h= m above point of projection
3

u2 sin 2 100 3
9. (A) R =   5 3m
g 2(10)

1
(B) 11.25 = – 10sin 60º t + (10) t2
2


5t2 – 5 3 t – 11.25 = 0

t = 5 3  25(3)  4(5)(11.25 )
10

DPPS FILE # 178


6. xA = xB
1
R= g sin 30º t2
2 1 2
10.5 + 10t = at a = tan45° = 1
2
1  1  16 40
= (10)   = m 20  400  84
2  2 3 3 t2 – 20t – 21 = 0 t= t = 21 sec.
2

7. S1 – S2 = 125 m if S1 > S2 then

DPP NO. - 17 50 t –
1
× 10 t2 = 125
2

10 t – t2 = 25
2u y t2 – 10 t + 25 = 0
1. 2=  uy = 10 m/s
g t = 5 sec.
S2 – S1 = 125m if S2 > S1 then,

1
 × 10 t2 – 50 t = 125
2
t=2
t=0
t2 – 10 t – 25 = 0
H
10  100  100
t=
t=3
2


t = 5 1 2 sec. 
1 2   
Now, H = – uyt + gt (8 to9) V h M = V h  V M = 10 j – 10i = – 10i + 10 j
2
= – 30 + 45 = 15 m. 
 V h M = 10 (–i) + 10 j  As seen bny

3. The horizontal displacement in time t is the monkey helicopter is moving in ( ) direction.


ut
AC = u cos 60° t =
2
Vh= 10 j m/s
AC ut
 Range on inclined plane = 
cos 30 3

VM VM = 5 i m/s

  
VB h  VB  Vh = 15 i – 10 j = 15 i + 10 (j)

4. V = x2 + x
Vh= 10 j m/s
dv
a=V = (x2 + x) (2x + 1)
dx
Bus VB = 5 i m/s
At x = 2 m
a = (4 + 2) (4 + 1) –Vh VB h

a = 30 m/s2 .
 As seen by helicopter's pilot the bus is moving in
( ) direction.

DPPS FILE # 179


DPP NO. - 18 02 = u2 – 2a × 2S and v 2 = 02 + 2as

1. All the velocities are marked in diagram where G u u


 v= or  2 Ans.
represents ground 2 v

4. V O,M  V O  V M V O, M  V O  V Train
VO,M = velocity of object with respect to man
VO = velocity of object
VM = velocity of man
Here velocity of object is zero.

So, V O,M   V M

 
5. If a  u  0 particle will not follow curved path.

adding we get Above described motion is a projectile motion with


parabolic path

6. At maximum height, velocity = 0

u2
H= &
2g

At height h = H/2 V2 = u2 – 2gh

u2 u2 u
2 2
Then V GD  V DC  V CB  V BA = V GA   V AG V = u – 2g. V2 =  V=
4g 2 2
Hence velocity of A is towards south east.
N
2. Vboat , river = 4 î u
Time taken to rise to maximum height T = g
Vriver , ground = 2 î
w
Vwind , ground = 6 ĵ
H (u  u / 2 ) ( 2  1) u
for height h = t= =
2 g 2g
   
V wind, boat = Vwg  Vgr  Vrb = 6 ĵ – 2 ĵ – 4 î
3
Time taken to rise to H = T – time taken to fall
4
=  4 î  4 ĵ

so flag blown in north west. H


down by
4
3. Let u and v denote initial and find velocity, then then
T T
nature of motion is indicated in diagram =T– =
2 2

2S
a 7. Let velocity of bodies be v 1 and v 2.
u in first case
v u1 = v 1 + v 2 .... (i)
S in second case
u2 = v 1 – v 2 .... (i)
Hence initial and final speed are given by equation

DPPS FILE # 180


4. Suppose particle strikes wedge at height ‘S’ after time
u1  u 2 u1  u 2
 v1 = and v 2 = 1
2 2 t. S = 15t – 10 t2 = 15t – 5 t2. During this time
2
16 3 distance travelled by particle in horizontal direction
Here u1 = m/s and u2 = m/s
10 5
= 5 3 t. Also wedge has travelled travelled extra
After solving we have distance
v 1 = 1.1 m/s and v 2 = 0.5 m/s.

  
8. The initial velocity of A relative to B is u AB  u A – uB

= (8 î – 8 ĵ ) m/s

 uAB = 8 2 m/s
Acceleration of A relative to B is -
  
a AB = a A – a B = (–2 î + 2 ĵ ) m/s2

 aAB = 2 2 m/s2
since B observes initial velocity and constant
acceleration of A in opposite directions, Hence B S 15t  5t 2
observes A moving along a straight line. x= =
tan30 1/ 3
From frame of B
Total distance travelled by wedge in time
u AB
Hence time when v AB = 0 is t = = 4 sec. t = 10 3 t. = 5 3 t + 3 (15 – 5t2)
a AB
 t = 2 sec.
The distance between A & B when v AB = 0 is S =
Alternate Sol.
u2AB (by Relative Motion)
= 16 2 m
2a AB

The time when both are at same position is -


15
2u AB
T= = 8 sec. 30°
a AB
10 3 5 3
Magnitude of relative velocity when they are at
same position in uAB = 8 2 m/s.
2u sin 30 2x10 3 1
T = g cos 30 =  = 2 sec.
DPP NO. - 19 10 3

 t = 2 sec.
2. In (A) xf – xi
0 – x = – x = – ve
5.
So average velocity is – ve.

3. From the graph ; we observ e that slope is


non–zero positive at t = 0 & slope is continuously
decreasing with time and finally becomes zero.
Hence we can say that the particle starts with a
certain v elocity, but the motion is retarded
(decreasing velocity)
As given

DPPS FILE # 181


(VA–VB)  xA–xB y = – 10 m
(VA–VB) = K(xA–xB) Hence, average velocity of particle between t = 0
when xA–xB = 10 We have VA–VB = 10 to t = 4 sec is
We get
10 = K10  K = 1 x ( 40)2  ( 10 )2
v av = 
 VA–VB = (xA–xB).........(1) t 4

Now Let
5
xA–xB = y .................(2) v av = 17 m/s
2
On differentiating with respect to ‘t’ on both side.
At t = 2 sec u = 10 × 2 = 20 m/s
dx A dx B dy dy
  =  VA–VB = ............ (3) After t = 2sec
dt dt dt dt
v = u + at
 Using (1) , (2), (3) 0 = 20 – 10 t
t = 2 sec.
dy
We get =y
dt
Hence, at t = 4 sec. the particle is at its farthest
Here y represents sepration between two cars distance from the y-axis.
The particle is at farthest distance from y-axis at t
20 t
dy 20 > 4. Hence the available correct choice is t = 4.
  =  dt  log e y 10 =t
y
10 0
DPP NO. - 20
t = (loge2) sec Required Answer.
1. If speed of a particle changes, the velocity of the
particle def initely changes and hence the
Alter. acceleration of the particle is nonzero.
Velocity of a particle change without change in
speed.
Vs When speed of a particle varies, its velocity cannot
V = ks be constant.
V = 10, s = 10, k = 1

20 t
ds ds 2. Vw = 1 î  1 ĵ
dt
=s  s =  dt
10 0

6 to 8. At t = 2 sec (t = 2 sec i j )
v x = ux + ax t = 0 + 10 × 2 = 20 m/s
v y = uy + ay t = 0 – 5 × 2 = –10 m/s

v= v 2x  v 2y = (20)2  (10)2 = 10 5 m/s

From t = 0 to l st = 4 sec

1 2  1 2 V = at
x =  2 (10 ) (2)  + (10  2) 2  2 (10) (2) 
  (0  2 )  ( 2  4) V = (0.2) 10
= 2 m/sec.
x = 40 m
Vboat = 2 î  2 ĵ
 1 2 Vw/boat = Vw – Vboat
y =  2 5 (2)  – (10(2)  1 (10) (2)2 
  ( 0  2)  
 2  ( 2  4)

DPPS FILE # 182


Vw/boat = ( 1 î  1 ĵ ) – ( 2 î  2 ˆj ) =  1 î  1 ĵ 1 2
0 = u sin t – at ....(2)
So, the flag will flutter towards south–west. 2
As the ball is thrown towards ‘D’
3. The retardation is given by

tan = .....(3)
dv x
= – av 2
dt
From equation (1), (2) & (3) we get
integrating between proper limits
2
t
t= required time after which ball hit the corner..
v
1 1 a
dv
 –
 v 2 =  a dt or
v
= at +
u
u 0
8. At position A balloon drops first particle So,
dt 1 u dt uA = 0, aA = – g, t = 3.5 sec.
 = at +  dx =
dx u 1  aut
1 2
SA =  gt  . ..........(i)
integrating between proper limits 2 

s t Balloon is going upward from A to B in 2 sec.so


u dt 1
  dx =  1  aut S = a n (1 + aut) distance travelled by balloon in 2 second.
0 0
 1 
4. V = a + bx  S B  aB t 2  ..........(ii)
 2 
(V increases as x increases)
aB = 0.4 m/s2 , t = 2 sec.
dV dx
=b = bV S1 = BC = (SB + SA) ...........(iii)
dt dt

hence acceleration increases as V increases with Distance travell by second stone which is droped
x. from balloon at B
u2 = uB = aBt = 0.4 × 2 = 0.8 m/s
 t = 1.5 sec.
6. v  – î  ĵ  2 k̂
 1 
  S 2  u 2 t  gt 2  ...........(iv)
a  3 î – ĵ  k̂  2 
 
a . v  –3 – 1  2  0 B
>

  SB
hence  > 90° between a and v
>

so speed is decreasing A
>

 
a . v  –3 – 1  2  0
SA

7. Solving the problem in the frame of train. Taking ori-


>

C
gin as corner ‘B’
Distance between two stone
Along x axis x-
S = S1 – S2 .
x = u cost ....(1)
Along y axis y-

1
y = uy t + a t2
2 y

DPPS FILE # 183


DPP NO. - 21

1.
=

Q measures acceleration of P to be zero.



 Q measures velocity of P, i.e. v PQ , to be con-
stant. Hence Q observes P to move along straight 4. (i)
line.
 For P and Q to collide Q should observe P to a=0
move along line PQ.
Hence PQ should not rotate.
N = F.
2. Let initial and final speeds of stone be u and v.
 v 2 = u2 – 2gh .........(1) (ii)
and v cos 30° = u cos 60° ..........(2)
2F F
solving 1 and 2 we get u= 3gh a= =
4m 2m
3. Flag will flutter in the direction of wind and opposite
to the direction of velocity of man
i.e. in the direction of Vwm
F – N = ma

 F  F
N = F – m  = .
 2m  2

(iii)

3F
a=
4m

F – N = ma
N = F – ma

 3F 
N = F – m 
 4m 

+ N=
F
.
4

(iv)

DPPS FILE # 184


3F r f  r i  v  2 = 31 î  40 ĵ  120 k̂
a=
4m
F
8. a = V2 = u2 + 2as (u = 0)
m

F 1
V 2 S V  .
 3F  m m
2F – N = ma N = 2F – m  
 4m 
DPP NO. - 22
5F
N= .
4 1. From geometry :

3
(v) cos =
5

4
3F F sin =
a= = 5
3m m

As sphere is at equilibrium,
T sin = w

F 4
T  = w
N + F = ma N + F = m  5
m

N = 0. 5w
T= .
5. F.B.D. of block 4
2. Resolving forces at point A along string AB
N2 = F 2 + (mg)2
w1 cos 37° = w2
N = 10 2 N
w1 5

6. AB = 2 R cos w2 4
acceleration along AB
a = g cos  3. v = 0  x 2 – 5x + 4 = 0
u = 0 from A to B x = 1m & 4m
1
S = ut + at2 dv
2 = (2x – 5) v = (2x – 5) (x 2 – 5x + 4)
dt
1
2R cos = 0 + (g cos ) t2 dv
2
at x = 1 m and 4m ; =0
dt
R
t=2 g 54 g
4. a =  g =
5 4 9
7. Unit vector in direction of (1,0,0) to (4,4,12) is
T – mg = ma
(4  1) î  ( 4  0) ĵ  (12  0) k̂
13

Hence position of particle at t = 2 sec is :

DPPS FILE # 185


N1 = W + N3 sin
T = m(g + a)
N2 = N3 cos
 g 10g FBD of sphere 2
= 1 g   = .
 9 9

5. Time taken by ball from O to A is same as that


from A to B.

AC = 2R – 2r
AB = 2r

AC R r
cos = =
1 AB r
10 = 15 t – (10) t 2
2 N4 = N3 cos
5t 2 – 15 t – 10 = 0 W = N3sin
t 2 – 3t – 2 = 0 Ans. N4 = W cot
t = 1, 2 N3 = W cosec
t = 2 is invalid as it is the time taken by the ball to N2 = W cot
come at A' if there was no roof. N1 = 2W.
7.  0.2 g = 0.7 a
 t = 1 seconds. 2g
a= m/s2
7
During this the ball will travel V × t = 20 × 2
For the case, it comes to rest when V = 0
= 40 m on the floor.

 2g  49
0 = 7 +  t  t = 2g = 2.5 s
6.  7 

a T
7 m/s
T a

r = 5cm ; R = 8cm 0.2g


T = 0.5 a
FBD of sphere 1 0.2 - T = 0.2 a

Distance travelled till it comes to rest

DPPS FILE # 186


2. Let a = acceleration of m1
 2g 
0 = 72 + 2   s
a0 a
 7  then acceleration of pulley = =
2 2
S = 8.75 m
If acceleration of m2 = b
So in next 2.5s, it covers 8.75 m towards right.
Total distance = 2 x 8.75 = 17.5 m b a
Then 0+ =
After 5s, it speed will be same as that of initial (7 2 2
m/s) but direction will be reversed. Hence a = b
F T = m1 a , m2g – T = m2 a
8. Acceleration of system a = m  m  m
A B C m2g
 a = m m
1 2
60
a= = 1m/s2
10  20  30 3. Method - I
FBD of A : As cylinder will remains in contact with wedge A
Vx = 2u

T1 = mA .a
T1 = 10(1) = 10N
FBD of B :

As it also remain in contact with wedge B

T 2 – T 1 = m Ba u sin 30° = Vy cos30° – Vx sin30°


T 2 – 10 = 20(1) sin 30 U sin 30
T 2 = 30 N. Vy = Vx +
cos 30 cos 30

Vy = Vx tan30° + u tan 30°


DPP NO. - 23
Vy = 3u tan30° = 3u
1. for (man + platform) system :
V= Vx2  Vy2 = 7 u Ans.
2mg – 4T = 2m(a)

Method - II
In the frame of A

3u sin 30º = V ycos30º

 Vy = 3u tan 30º = 3u

and o Vx = 2u
 mg  mg
 2mg – 4   = 2m (a) [  T = ]
 2  2  V = Vx2  Vy2 = 7 u Ans.
 a=0

DPPS FILE # 187


4.  1 + 2  2 = constant

d 1 2 d 2
 + =0
dt dt

10 3
= 3
2

= 15 3 N.
= 15 N
T – 15 = 3a ...........(ii)
(5 + 5) + 2 (5 + v B) = 0 or v B = 10 m/s (i) + (ii)
5 = 5a
5. Assume that acceleration of particle is ap  a = 1m/s2 ; T = 18 N.
and acceleration of wedge is aw
Then, aw = gsin
From wedge constant 2mg  mg g
8. (i) a = =
3m 3
ap = aw sin = gsin2

1 2mg  mg
h= g sin2t 2 (ii) a = =g
2 m

2h 2mg
(iii) a = = 2g
t= . m
gsin 2 

2g
6. From Newtons third law, the force exerted by table (iv) a =
3
on block is equal to that exerted by block on the
table. Therefore block exerts a 10 N force on table.
Since the upward force on the block is larger than DPP NO. - 24
downward force, it moves upwards.

7. 1.

FBD of block M 2 = 2kg


9 cos = v sin  (i)

19 – R
= tan  (ii)
12
(R + 5)2 = (12)2 + (19 – R)2
 R = 10
Hence from (i) and (ii)
20 – T = 2a ...........(i)
v = 12 m/s2

FBD of block M 1 = 3kg 2. Acceleration of boy and block will be same equal to
1.25 m/s2 w.r.t. ground. Hence

DPPS FILE # 188


1 1
10 = (1.25) t2 y=1  |ay| =
2 4
 t = 4 sec.

3. From constraint relation , if acceleration of mass


B is a then acceleration of mass A will be a/2 :
FBD of A : 5.

ma
T – mg = ...............(i)
2

Relative between a1 & a2


a1 = 2a2 = 2a
Relative between T1 & T2
FBD of B :
T 2 = 2T 1 = 2T
T T 1 = M1a1 ..........(i)
mg – = ma ...............(ii)
2 M2g – T 2 = M2a2 ..........(ii)
2T = 4M1a
M2g – 2T = M2a

M2 g
M2g = a(4M1 + M2)  a = 4M  M .
1 2

From (i) & (ii)

2g
a= 6.
5

4. x = 4 y2

dx dy
= 8y
dt dt

Vx =8y Vy
Vx = 4
ax = 0
0 = ax = 8[y.ay + V2y]
3F = 180
–y ay = V2y F = 60 N
v 2y T = 4F = 210 N
|ay| = Force balance on system
y
T = F + 180
T = 60 + 180 = 240 N.
v 2x 16
|ay| = 3 =
64 y 64  y 3 7. False There acceleration may be different.

1 W
at y = 1  |ay| = True T = to minimize T, V will be maximum.
4 V
i.e whole ef f ort of swimmer must towards
opposite bank.
DPPS FILE # 189
8. (i) FBD of 2kg

In (i) F 1 – mg = ma.
N23 – 20 = 2(2)
 F 1 = mg + ma.
N23 = 24 N
In (ii) 2F 2 – mg = ma

(ii) FBD of 3 kg mg  ma
 F2 =  F1 > F2 .
N34 – N23 – 30 = 3(2) 2

3. 1 + 2 + 3 = constant

N34 = N23 + 30 + 6
N34 = 24 + 30 + 6 = 60 N
FBD of 4kg
NG – N34 – 40 = 4(2)
      0
1 2 3

(V – 4) + (V – 2) + (–2) = 0
 2V = 8
 V = 4 m/s 
4. In this case spring force is zero initially F.B.D.
of A and B
NG = N34 + 40 + 8
m 2m
NG = 60 + 40 + 8 = 108 N
A B
DPP NO. - 25 mg 2mg
aA = g aB = g
F
1. Acceleration of two mass system is a =
2m 5. If the block has an acceleration towards right, the
N blocks would have some acceleratidon towards left.
leftward
Resolving horizontally and vertically, we have
F
60° R2 = m2 g cos  + m2 f sin  .... (1)
30°
FBD of block A m2 f = T cos  + R2 sin  .... (2)
mF
and
N cos 60° – F = ma = solving N = 3 F R1 = m1 g cos  + m1 f sin  .... (3) m1 f = R1
2m
sin  – T cos  .... (4)
1 2
2. Since, h = at  a should be same in both From equation. (2) and (1), we get
2
cases, because h and t are same in both cases m2 f = T cos  + [m2 g cos  + m2 f sin ] sin 
as given. = T cos  + m2 g cos  sin  + m2 f sin2 
 T cos  = m2 f – m2 f sin2  – m2 g cos  sin 
or T cos  = m2 f cos2  – m2 g cos  sin 

DPPS FILE # 190


orT = m2 f cos  – m2 g sin  .... (5)
From equations (3) and (4), we have 8.
m1 f = (m1 g cos  + m1 f sin ) sin – T cos
= m1 g cos sin + m1 f sin2 – T cos
 T cos = m1 g cos sin + m1 f(sin2 – 1)
or T = m1 g sin – m1 f cos .... (6)
Equating (5) and (6), we get
m2 f cos  – m2 g sin  = m1 g sin – m1 f cos 
By newtons law on system of (A, B, C)
 (m1 sin   m 2 sin )  5. (M + m – m) g = (2M + m) a
 f = g g  (m cos   m cos  )  .... (7)
 2 1  mg
 a=
2M  m
Substituting the value of f in eqn. (6) , we get
T = m1 g sin  – m1 g DPP NO. - 26
 (m1 sin   m2 sin )  1. FBD of man of mass (m)
  cos
 (m 2 cos   m1 cos  ) 
T1
Simplifying, we get g
m1 m 2 g sin(   )
T = m cos   m cos  Ans. mg
1 2

(6 to 8). free body diagram ‘C’ block


T 1 = mg + mg

T 1 = 2 mg
 T 1 : T 2 :: 8 : 3

FBD of man of mass (m/2)

mg – N = ma
T2
 gm  2M mg g
 N=m g   N=
 2M m 2M  m 2

mg
mg 2
7. T – mg = M for A block
2M  m
m m g
T2 = g .
Mmg 2 2 2
 T = Mg +
2M  m
mg  3  3mg
for pulley T2 = =
2  2  4
P = 2T + Mg

2Mmg 6M  3m  2m
= 2Mg + + Mg = Mg 2.
2M  m 2M  m

 6M  5m 
P =  2 M  m  Mg
 

1
Down the plane 5 = v . t + (g sin ) t2 ....(1)
2

DPPS FILE # 191


v
at the plane 0 = v – g sin t  t = 1
g sin 

2v
t = 2t = [time taken by B in coming
g sin 
back to initial position]

2
2.v 2 1 g sin .4v
5= + 2 2
g sin  2 g sin  2mg – mg = 2 ma
10 g sin = 8v 2 a = g/2
T3 = mg/2
 1
10  10    mg mg
2 = 100 10 T2 – T3 = mg – =
v= = = 2.5 m/sec 2 2
8 16 4

5. The free body diagram of cylinder is as shown.


Since net acceleration of cylinder is horizontal,
3. Y
NAB cos30° = mg

9 1
tan = =2 , 2
40
or NAB = mg .... (1)
3
1
y = uyt + ayt2 and NBC – NAB sin30° = ma
2
or NBC = ma + NAB sin 30° .... (2)
1 Hence NAB remains constant and NBC increases with
now , – 1 = usin (1) – g (1)2
2 increase in a.

2 6. For t = 0 to t = 10.
usin = 4 and sin  =
5 V = u + at
V = 0 + (1) (10) = 10 m/s.
 u = 2 5 a = 2t

1 v 20
now, x = u cos (1) = (2 5 ) × = 2m
5 
10

dv  2 t dt
10
.... (1)

4. Before cutting the spring


20
t2
v – 10 = 2 2
10

v – 10 = (20)2 – (10)2 = 300


v = 310 m/s.
(b) For t = 0 to t = 10 s.

T2 = mg 1 2
S = ut + at
2
After cutting the spring

DPPS FILE # 192


1
 S = (0) (10) + × 1 × (10)2 = 50 m
2
From (1)
v – 10 = t 2 – (10)2
v = t 2 – 90

s 20 at
tan =
 ds   (t 2  90) dt v
50 10
Boy should hold his unbrella at an angle  from the
vertical
 (20 )3   (10 )3 
S – 50 =  3  90  20  –  3  90  10  at d a
     tan = sec2 =
v dt v

8000 1000 a a
S = 50 + – 1800 – + 900 d
3 3  = 2 = 2
dt v sec  v [1  tan ]

7000
S = 50 + – 900 a
3
 a 2t 2  av 22 1
 S = 1483.33 m = v 1   = 2 2 2 = 2 =
v 2  v a t 4  4t 1 t2

7. A force F is applied on block A of mass M so that the
tension in light string also becomes F when block B d 1 d 1
= Ans. =
dt 1 t2 dt 1 t2

of mass
DPP NO. - 27
1. Time taken to reach the ground is given by
Applying Newton's law on the system in horizontal
1 2
direction F = (M + m) a. h= gt .... (1)
2
Now consider the equilibrium of block B w.r.t. block
M Since horizontal displacement in time t is zero

2v
t= .....(2)
f

2
 F 
F = (mg) + (ma) = (mg) +  m
2 2 2  2
 m  M 2gv 2
h=
f2
2 2
m g
 F2 = ;
m2
1
m  M2 2.

mg
F = 2
 m 
1  
 m  M

8. At any time t, rain will appear to the boy as shown in


picture. 50 – 2g = 2a

DPPS FILE # 193


5. If both the blocks are stationary,
50  19.6
=a Balancing forces along x-direction
2
F = N sin  N = F/sin
a = 15.2 m/sec2 upwards
As the acceleration of both the masses is upward.

Balancing forces along y-direction


Ny = mg + N cos
and also ; 50 – 5g = 5b
 F 
= mg +   cos = mg + F cot 
50  5  9.8  sin  
=b
2
4F
Ny = mg +
3
50  49
b= = 0.2 m/sec2 also upwards
5
6. To keep regular
3. F.B.D. of A w.r.t. grivel contact a sin  = b cos 

F1

3
b = a tan  = a
4
F 1 – 2 F 2 = m A aA
 20 – 2 × 8 = 1 aA
 aA = 4 m/s2
F.B.D. of B w.r.t. A
DPP NO. - 28

1. If component of velocity normal to incline are equal,


So F 2 – maA = maBA
time of flight is same. Also if horizontal components
 8 – 1 × 4 = 1 aBA  aBA = 4m/s2
are equal, range on inclined plane will be equal for
both.
4. For equli. of block (A)
F = N sin
N = F/sin
To lift block B from ground 2._ Velocity of rain with respect to man initially as shown
N cos  > mg

F
cos > mg
sin 

3
F > mg tan = mg  
4

3 Velocity relative to man when it increase its speed


So Fmin = mg to 2V0
4

DPPS FILE # 194


5. There is no horizontal force on block A, therefore it
does not move in x-directing, whereas there is net
downward force (mg – N) is acting on it, making its
acceleration along negative y-direction. Block B
moves downward as well as in negative x-direction.
Downward acceleration of A and B will be equal due
to constrain, thus w.r.t. B, A moves in positive x-
So resultant velocity of rain with respect to man direction.
41
= ( 2 V0 )2  ( V0 )2  4 V02 cos 37º = V0
5

C
3.

Due to the component of normal exerted by C on B,


it moves in negative x-direction.

6. F.B.D. of block B w.r.t. wedge

9 cos = v sin  (i)

19 – R
= tan  (ii)
12
(R + 5)2 = (12)2 + (19 – R)2 [Pythagorean]
 R = 10
Hence from (i) and (ii) v = 12 m/s

for block A
N cos 45º = 1.7 a .....(i)
for block B
4. 0.6g sin 45º + 0.6a cos 45º = 0.6b .....(ii)
N + 0.6 a cos 45º = 0.6 g cos 45º .....(iii)
by solving (i), (ii) & (iii)
3g 23g
a= and b =
20 20 2
Now vertical componentof acceleration of
23 g
B = b cos 45º =
40
and horizontal component of acceleration of
On block B : 17g
B = b sin 45º – a =
40
mg – T cos 45º = ma ...(i)
on block A :
T cos 45º = ma ...(ii)
by equation (i) and (ii)

mg
T=
2

DPPS FILE # 195


7. (a) F.B.D. of m FBD

and

mg
x= T = mg
k

kx/2 = T

(d) F.B.D. Block A


mg
kx

m
kx = mg + T ........... (1)
kx 2mg
= mg x= T = mg mg
2 k A T
F.B.D. Block B

(b) kx – mg = 0 T T = mg .......... (2)

B m

mg
F.B.D of pulley

2mg
 kx = 2mg x =
k

(e)

mg
x= T = kx  T = mg
k

F.B.D. of Upper Block A


(c) kx = mg
T

m
A T = mg + kx ....... (1)

mg
FBD of pulley kx

DPPS FILE # 196


F.B.D. of Lower Block (B)  v cos  = u or v = u sec  ...(1)

kx

mg dv d
from (1) a = = u sec  tan  ...(2)
dt dt

mg
kx = mg ..... (2)  x =
k

By (1) & (2) T = 2mg

DPP NO. - 29
Initially when block is at a large distance  is a
small component of T in vertical direction is very
1. Sol. f k = kN = k mg cos300 = mg sin300
small. As block comes nearer and nearer. T sin 
 1 increases and N decreases.
= 5 (10)    f k = 25 N
 2 When T sin = mg then block just loses contact
with the ground
2. N = mg = 40
so T sin = mg ................................(3)
(f s )max = N = (0.8) (40) = 32
T cos  = ma ..............................(4)
f s = ext. force = 30
(3) & (4) 
R2 = N2 + f s 2 = (50)2  R = 50 N.
a tan  = g .................................(5)
3. FBD of block B w.r.t. wedge A , for maximum 'a' :

Perpendicular to wedge :
f y' = (mg cos  + m a sin  – N) = 0.
and f x' = mg sin  + N – ma cos  = 0 (for also, x = h cot 

dx d
= – h cosec2
dt dt

d dx
maximum a)  – v = – hcosec2 [as x is decreasing
dt dt

= – v]

u sec  d
or 2 = ...(using (1) ...(6)
h cos ec  dt

 mg sin  + (mg cos  + ma sin ) using (2) , (5) and (6) we get
– ma cos  = 0
 u sec  
u sec tan   tan  = g
(g sin   g cos )  h cos ec 2  
 a=
cos    sin 
putting values of u, h & g we get.
for  = 45º 
tan4 = 1   =
4
 tan 45º     1  
a = g   ; a = g   Ans. 
 cot 45 º    1   Ans. =
4
4. By constraint velocity component of block along
the string should be u

DPPS FILE # 197


5. (i) yes  
8. v A = 4 ĵ m/s and v B = ( 4 tan  î ) m/s
(ii) depends upon path
(iii) yes 
 v AB = (4 tan  î + 4 ĵ ) m/s
(iv) no
(v) limiting friction needs to be overcome to 4
 v AB = 4 1  tan 2  = cos 
make body move
(vi) tension increases
 (v AB)min = 4 m/s
(vii) N is larger ]

DPP NO. - 30
6.
1. Let t o be t he t i m e when f ri ct i on f orce i s
maximum
F = 2t o = s mg
The block just starts moving immediately after this
instant, with acceleration

 smg  k mg
= s – k ) g gS
A
m
For t > t o the acceleration of the block is

2t o  k mg
a=
m
for any angle ‘’
x 2 + y2 =  2
 2xx + 2yy = 0
 x (– v B) + y (v A) = 0 i.e. v B = v A tan 
or v B = 4 tan  ...(i)

35 2. N = mg cos , f s = mg sin


[as v A = = 4 m/s]
2 R2 = N2 + f s2
 R = mg (A).
from vB = vA tan 

 3. Frictional force along the in upward


we can see that v B < v A for 0   
4 direction = 10 g sin – 30 = 30 Nt
N = log cos = 80 Nt

 from  = 0 to =
4
distance moved by ‘B’ is

1  2  1
 
d=1–x=1– = 
2  2 

1 
[as x = at  = ]
2 4

x 1
7. t= = sec
vA 4 2 Direction of R is along OA.

DPPS FILE # 198


an angle 30º with the horizontal (as clear from
figure).
4.
Let , velocity of rain w.r.t. car be Vm/c
  
VR / G = VR / C + VC / G
  
VR / Gx  = VR / C x  + VC / Gx 

As the upward force (45N) is greater than total But VR / Gx  = 0 , since rain fall vertically down.
downward force (25N) hence, it has an upward
acceleration.
F x = 0  N = 60 N
Fy = may
 45 – 25 = (1)a
a = 20 m/s2 .
Sol.(5,6,7)  
 VC / Gx  = – VR / Cx  = –(V cos 30º)
T = 2ma

ma | VC / Gx  | = V cos 30º ........(i)
mg – 2T =
2  
Now, VR / Gy  = VR / Cy 
ma
mg – 4ma = –10 = –V sin 30º + 0
2
[Since ; VR/G(y) = – 10 m/s ; VC/G(y) = 0]
9ma V sin 30º = 10 V = 20 m/s.
mg =
2 Substituting V = 20 m/s in equation (i)

2g  3
a= VC / Gx  = V cos 30º = 20 × = 10 3 m/s.
9 2

4mg  VC / G = 10 3 î m/s.
T=
9
3. (C) FBD
2mg
N1 = ma =
9 1N
2kg TT 3kg 8
N2 = mg + 2T
fmax = 2 fmax = 6
N2 = mg + 2T

8mg 17mg Net force without friction on system is ‘7N’ in right


= mg + = . side so first maximum friction will come on 3 kg
9 9
block.
DPP NO. - 31
1 2
2kg 2 3kg 8
0  v1 v  v2 –v2  u 1 6
1. u = , 1 =v, =v
2 2 2 So f 1 = 1 N, f 2 = 6 N, T = 2N
f 1 = 1 N, f 2 = 6 N, T = 2N
3u
Hence v = velocity of M = . F
4 4. F = N sin  N=
sin 
2. For the driver to observe the rain move vertically up-
ward after the elastic collision, rain shoud come at N sin  = µ (N cos  + mg)
F = µ(F cot  + mg)

DPPS FILE # 199


F (1 – µ cot ) = µ mg Solving a = 2 m/s2
To check slipping between A and B, we have to
mg
F= find friction force in this case. If it is less than
1   cot 
limiting static friction, then there will be no slipping
between A and B.
Applying NLM on A.
T – f = 6(2)
as T = 48 N
f = 36 N
1 and f s = 42 N hence A and B move together.
On putting µ = and  = 30°
3 and r FkkT' = 12 N.

1 DPP NO. - 32
µ=  = 30°
3
1. The acceleration of system is
F=
F
Therefore motion will not start for any value of F. a=
5m

Hence the normal reaction B exerts on C is


5. The magnitude of deceleration from graph is
2
80 N = 2ma = F
a= = 2m/s2 5
40
The deceleration of block is Thus frictional force on ‘B’ is

a
a = µg  µ = g = 0.2

6. = , = , = 2
N =  F
5
+ + =0
For B not of fall down.

2 5 mg
 F = mg or F =
5 2

2. Velocity of block A w.r.t. wedge is 2 m/s

2m/s = VBW
B
2m/s = VAW A 60°
Wedge at rest

Ans. (E)

7. Suppose blocks A and B move together. Applying


NLM on C, A + B, and D So we have
60 – T = 6a
T – 18 – T' = 9a
T' – 10 = 1a

DPPS FILE # 200


Net velocity along string BC is
VBW  VB – V W  VB  VBW  V W
Vx sin45º + Vycos45º = 10
So
Vx + Vy = 10 2 .............(i)
VB = 2 2
( VW )  ( VBW )  2VW  VBW (cos 125 º ) Net velocity along string BA is
Vx cos75º – Vy cos15º = 0 .............(ii)
= 12  22  2  1 2  (–1/ 2) = 3 m/s Solving equations (ii) & (i)

20
3. Let v be velocity of sphere V= Vx2  Vy2 = m/s.
3
4 3
sin = , cos =
5 5 6. The free body diagrams of all bodies are as shown.

From FBD of block


From wedge constraint ; 2N cos45° = Mg .... (1)
V sin = 20 cos For wedge to remain at rest
V = 20 cot N sin 45° < N' .... (2)
and N' = mg + N cos 45° .... (3)
3
V = 20 × = 15 m/s. From 1, 2 and 3 we get
4
2 m
4. (B) M<
1 
v 2 25
a=  = 2.5 m/s2 7. If we consider blocks 2 & 1 independently then there
2s 10
accelerations would be
for block (1)

 3 1 1
a1 = g sin – µ1 g cos= g  2  2  2 
 

=

g 2 3 1 
4
For 6 kg : – F – 2T = 6a
for block (2)
For 2 kg : – T – 2g = 2 (2 a)
From (1) & (2) F = 75 N  3 2 1
a2 = gsin – µ2 g cos = g  2  5  2 
 
5. Let Vx & Vy be rectangular components of velocity
of mass B
g
= 
10 5 3  2 
since a2 > a1 so both blocks will move separately.

8. T sin30º = ma ...................(1)
T cos30º = mg .................(2)

DPPS FILE # 201


dx
=u .......(1)
dt

d
=u .......(2)
dt

T m  x =  and  BOA = 60°

2. Block slides down itself if inclination of plane is


mg greater than angle of repose else it has to be
pushed down.sw
3. Max. frictional force
dividing equation (1) by equation (2)
f max = N
a = (mg + F sin53°)
tan30º = g
4
= 0.2 (20 × 10 + 30 × )
 a = g tan30º 5

g = 44.8 N
 a= Ans.
3
N
mg 2mg
From (2) T = = Ans.
cos 30 0 3
Fcos53°
and mg – T = ma N 53°
mg F
2mg
 mg = T + ma = + ma Fsin53°
3

2mg mg As applied horizontal force is Fcos53°


= 
3 3 = 18N < fmax, friction force will also be 18 N.

4. Case-I : µ1 = 0.5, µ2 = 0.3


3mg
 mg = = 3 mg Along the incline, acceleration of 5 kg block will be
3
less than acceleration of 3 kg block provided they
move alone on the incline. The reason is greater fric-
 = 3 Ans.
tion coefficient of 5 kg block, as acceleration
along the incline is g sin  – µg cos  One to the
DPP NO. - 33 contain, both blocks will move together. In this
case FBDs of both are shown.
1. To an observer who starts falling freely under gravity
N
from rest at the instant stones are projected, the
µmg cos  µmg cos 
motion of stone A and B is seen as 5kg 3kg
mg sin 
N
mg cos  mg cos 
mg sin 

For 5 kg block
m1g sin  + N – µ1m1g cos  = m1a
For 3 kg block
m2g sin  – N – µ2m2g cos  = m2a

DPPS FILE # 202


5. (B,D) Case  :
1 1
Since, no relative motion : (3m)g  mg 5g
= 2 4 =
F1  F F 2m 8
8
a= =  F 1 (max) = F
5 3 3 
Urel = 0
Case  :
5g g 3g
F F2  F 8 arel =  =
a=   F 2 (max) = F 8 4 8
5 3 5
13 2
F1(max) 5  = gt
Clearly ; F 1 (max) > F 2 (max) and  28
F2 (max) 3

6. B, D 
t = 4 3g
N2 Tsin45°
T

W2 45°
Tcos45° 1 g 2 4v   2
0.25N2 S1 = vt – t = 3g 3 s
24
W2

1 5 2 4v   5 
For W 2 : S2 = vt – gt = 3g 3 .
28
N2 + T sin45° = W 2 = 100 .... (1)
T cos 45° = 0.25 N2 .... (2)
8. Ans. (a) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g
 T = 20 2 N , N2 = 80 N (b) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g
(c) T1 = 0 ; T2 = 0; T3 = 0 ; a = g
N2

0.25N2
DPP NO. - 34
P W1
0.25N1
1. If F = 0
W1 N1 Then assuming no relative motion acceleration of
300
A+B= = 20 m/s2
15
For W 1 :
P = 0.25 (N1 + N2) .... (3)  20 m/s2 > g
N2 + W 1 = N1 .... (4) where  = 0.5 and g = 10 m/s2
 N1 = 280 N  relative motion shall exist. Hence F = 0 N.
; fn F = 0

A 2. Acceleration as shown in the graph can be


7.
B
converted into force by multiplying with m = 3 kg.
System start moving towards right with velocity v. Therefore area under the curve (F – x curve) is

V
1
[ × 2 × 12] + [4 × 12] = 60 J.
A g 2
aA =
f1 = 1/4 mg 4 3. It can be observed from figure that P and Q shall
collide if the initial component of velocity of P along
incline. u|| = 0 that is particle is projected perpen-
V dicular to incline.
f1 f f
A aB = 2 1
2m
f2

DPPS FILE # 203


f 3 = 8.

DPP NO. - 35
2u  2u
 Time of flight T = g cos  = g cos 
A
1. B F
/////////////////////
gT cos 
 u= = 10 m/s. Consider the blocks shown in the figure to be
2
moving together due to friction between them.
The free body diagrams of both the blocks is shown
4. F.B.D. of block below.
 2T – mg = ma
a = 3g

5. (A, B) If moving with constant velocity then a = 0


Work done by static friction on A is positive and
so friction available = µmgcos
on B is negative.
= (0.8) (10) (10) (4/5) = 64 N.
2. From graph ; Let m be mass of block
when a = 0, F = 4 = f max
when a = 1, F = 6
 F – f max = ma
 6 – 4 = m(1)
 m = 2kg

3. Because the acceleration of wedge is zero, the normal


reaction exerted by wedge on block is
N = mg cos37° .
The acceleration of the block is g sin 37° along the
but mgsin = 60N incline and initial velocity of the block is
v = 10 m/s horizontally towards right as shown in
so required friction is 60N. figure.
So net force is zero.
(C) a = 2 î f = mg sin 37º – m a cos 37º = 44 N
(D) f = mg sin 37º – ma cos 37° = – 20 N

6 to 8.

The component of velocity of the block normal to the


incline is v sin 37°. Hence the displacement of the
T 2 + 4 = 20 , T 2 = 16 Nt block normal to the incline in t = 2 second is
3
S = v sin 37° × 2 = 10 ×× 2 = 12 m.
5
 The work done by normal reaction
4
W = mg cos 37° S = 100 × × 12 = 960 J
f 2 = 8 , T2 = T1 + f 2 , T2 = T1 + 8 5
T1 = 8

DPPS FILE # 204


4. a(cm) left = acm right Alternate Sol.

8(a 0 – a) – 2a 10a 1 3 1.73


= tan  =   = 0.58 < µ
82 10 3 3 3
 block does not slide.  f s = mg sin300
2
a= a
5 0
DPP NO. - 36
1. Given system can accelerate in rightward direction

f 2 < f 1 so all three blocks A, B, C will move with


same acceleration for all value of F.

2. W ext = – W g
3
am = a0 – a = a = 1.2 m/s2 M  L  MgL
5 0
=    g   = .
 4   8 32
2S
t= am = 2 Sec. 3. P Q = (2 -3) î + (-1 -2) ĵ (4 - (-1) k̂

F.P Q = – 4 + 9 + 10 = 15 J
0
5. W =   5dz  5J . 4. Let tension in string be T, then work done by tension
1
T = – Td
6. to 8 Angle (’)of repose ;
Applying newton’s second law on the bucket
m(g + a) sin = F
m(g + a) cos’ = R g
mg – T = m  
F a
 = tan’
R
3
F or T = mg
’ = tan   = 
–1 4
R
Hence angle of repose does not change.
3
7. To slide mg sin mgcos  required work done = – mg d
4
sin cos
tan  1
 tan–1 5. = 0 + (gsin). t2
cos  2

8. Shear force =  mgcos


2 4
t= 
3 3 3 3 g sin . cos  g sin 2
= ×mg × = mg = 00.6 mg
4 2 8
But, pulling force = mg sin = mg sin300 = 0.5 mg t will be minimum if sin2 = maximum.
< f smax.  block does not slide.  = 45°
Hence frictional force (shear force) between the

block of the plane at this situation will be tmin = 2 g
mg 3 3
= mg sin300 = (not mg) Since as  increases from 0 to 45° t decreases
2 8
and as  increases 45° to 90° t increases

DPPS FILE # 205


   a = 0.25 m/s2 ; for accelerated motion
6. to 8 Vr m = Vr  Vm = (10 î  10k̂ )
 F C – f = ma
 F C = mg + ma = 0.1 × 1000 × 10
Ans. (10 î  10k̂ ) rain appears to come 45° with î .
+ 1000 × 2.5
= 1000 + 250 = 1250 N
7. Vm = 10 2  10 2 = 10 2 m/sec.
This is the critical point just before the point where
 
8. Vm r  Vr m = 10 î + 10 k̂ it attains maximum velocity of almost 5 m/s.
Hence maximum power at this point is = 1250 × 5
6. (A) W CL + W f = KE  W CL = KE – W f = 6250 J/s.
(a) During accelerated motion negative work is done
against friction and there is also change is kinetic DPP NO. - 37
energy. Hence net work needed is +ve.
(b) During uniform motion work is done against 1
1. mg × 1 = mu2  u2 = 2g ........... (1)
2
friction only and that is +ve.
(c) During retarded motion, the load has to be v 2 = u2 + 2as  0 = 2g – 2a(3)
stopped in exactly 50 metres. If only friction is g
considered then the load stops in 12.5 metres] a=   µk g = a
3
which is less than where it has to stop.
Hence the camel has to apply some force so that g 1
 µk g =  uK =
the load stops in 50m (>12.5 m). 3 3
Therefore the work done in this case is also +ve.
2. As long as the block of mass m remains stationary,
7. W CL|accelerated motion = KE – W friction where W CL is the block of mass M released from rest comes down
work done by camel on load. 2 Mg
by (before coming it rest momentanly again).
K
1  125 
=  mv  0     k mg.50 = 1000 
2
 Thus the maximum extension in spring is
2   2 
2 Mg
similarly, W CL|retardation = KE – W friction x= ......... (1)
K

 1  75  for block of mass m to just move up the incline


2
0  2 mv  – [k mg.50] = 1000  2  kx = mg sin  +  mg cos  ......... (2)
   
3 3 4
WCL |accelerated motion 2Mg = mg × + mg ×
5 4 5
 WCL |retarded motion
3
or M = m Ans.
125 5 5
= =
75 3
area under F – T graph
 5:3 3. Change in velocity =
mass
8. Maximum power = F max × V
Maximum force applied by camel is during the 60  (–10 )
= = 5 m/s
accelerated motion. 10

1
W F = K.E. = (10) 52 = 125 J
2
1 1
4. k x 02 +Mgh = k(x0+h)2 + 0
2 2
We have V2 – U2 = 2as
25 = 02 + 2 . a . 50 2Mg
h= – 2x0
k
DPPS FILE # 206
Maximum downward displacement
N
2Mg T
=[ – 2x0 ] N
k ma
a
5. Minimum work done to accelerate the truck from
a
speed 0 to v and from v to 2v are
N = ma T = (M + m)a
1 1 1
W 1 = mv 2 – m(0)2 = mv 2 mg – T – ma = ma
2 2 2
mg – (M + m)a – ma = ma
1 1 3
and W 2 = m(2v)2 – m(v)2 = mv 2 g a
2 2 2 a=
  2  (M / m) a
 W 1 < W 2

dW 2g
Sol. For W to be maximum ; =0; am = 2 a =   2  (M / m) .
dx

i.e. F(x) = 0 x=,x=0


x
Clearly for d =  ,the work done is maximum. 2
8. W f + W F = – mgx +  (a – bx )dx
Alternate Solution : 0

External force and displacement are in the same


bx 3
direction 0 = (– mg + a) x –
3
 Work will be positive
3(a – mg)
cont i nuosl y so i t wi l l be m a x i m um when  x=
b
displacement is maximum.
 DPP NO. - 38
 dv  
6. a =  dv = a dt
dt
1. A will be ahead of B when x A > x B

t2
1
 40 (t – 10) > (0) t + (2) t 2
2
 v =  a dt
t1 as A is 10 sec. late than B.
 t 2 – 40t + 400 < 0
Rate of change of speed = component of acceleration
 (t – 20)2 < 0
along velocity
Which is not possible. So A will never be ahead at
 
d v  v B.
  a
dt v 2. By energy conservation,

1   dK  
K= mv v   m v a
2 dt

7.

a 1 2 1
kx = mgh + mv 2
2 2
M
T 1 1
= × 300 × (2)2 = 5 × 10 × 2 + × 5v 2
2 2
 v 2 = 200

DPPS FILE # 207


6. F max = kx + mg
v 2 sin2 30º
Also, H = = 2.5 m F min. = kx – mg
2g
 F max – F min. = 2 mg
So, total height from ground = 3 + 2.5 = 5.5m. or 2 = 2  10
 m = 0.1
3. Acceleration of block is = 10 m/s2

1 2 1 4 7. F max + F min. = 2 kx .... (1)


 displacement s = at = × 10 × from graph F max + F min. = 5
2 2 10
and x = 0.1
= 2m
Putting in equation (1)
Tension in the string is 40 N t = 2 k(0.1)
k = 25 N/m.
Work done by gravity is
– 20 × 2 = – 40 J
8. When x = 0.03
and work done by tension is
kx = 25 × 0.03
40 × 2 = 80 J
= 0.75 N, which is less than  mg = 0.1 × 10
=1N
4. For the block of mass m 2 , not to move, the
 The block will be at rest, without applying force
maximum compression in the spring x o should
F.
be such that
kx o =  m 2 g .... (1)
Applying work energy theorem to block of mass DPP NO. - 39
m 1 we get
1. Let both will meet at point B
1 1
m1 u2  k x o2   m1 g x o .... (2) x = 2ut + ½ at 2
2 2
From equation (1) and (2) we get 1
x = ut + (2a)t 2
2
1 1  2 m 22 g2  2 m1 m2 g2
m1 u 2   putting the
2 2 K K
1 2
appropriate value we get u=10m/s. So 2ut + at = ut + at 2
2
5. Case (i):
1 2 2u
f max = Fmin = 12 N ut = at  t=
2 a

2
 2u  1  2u  6 u2
So x = 2 u    a   =
Case (ii) :  a  2  a  a

2. Work done by force F ;


F  
a=
9 w=  F.d r =  (y î  xĵ) . (dx î  dyĵ)
f max = 12
=  (ydx  xdy) ................(1)
 4a = 12
 x 2 + y 2 = a2  xdx + y dy = 0
F
 4   = 12 F = 27 N
9    ydy  
 W=   y
x 
  xdy 

DPPS FILE # 208


(x 2  y 2 ) 2 mg 3 mg
 (1 – ) =
=–  x
dy k 2k

a 5. When the masses are stopped at this value of x,


a2 a 2 the forces on left mass for it to remain at rest is
=– 
0 a2  y2
dy = –
2 zero

Alternate Method
It can be observed that the force is tangent to the
curve at each point and the magnitude is con-
stant. The direction of force is opposite to the di-
 kx = mg + f
rection of motion of the particle.
 work done = (force) × (distance) 2 mg
 k (1 – ) < mg + mg
k
a a a 2   > 1/3  least value of  is 1/3.
=– x2  y2 =–a× =– J
2 2 2
6. At the instant string is cut, let the extension in
a 2 spring be x 0. The maximum compression x will
Ans. w=– J occur for spring when left block comes to rest first
2
time after the string is cut
 From work energy Theorem W = 0
2
3. (W F)OAC =  (xy dx  x y dy )
1 1
kx 02 – kx 2 – mg (x + x 0) = 0
A C
2 2

=  ( xy dx  x 2 y dy ) +  (xy dx  x
2
y dy ) 3mg 1
0 A x0 = and  =
2k 4
ON OA path ;
y = 0 , dy = 0 and on AC path mg
solving we get x =
x = 1 , dx = 0 k

A y4
7. The free body diagram (FBD) is :
(W F)OAC =  (0.dx  0. dy ) +  (0  1y dy ) = 8 J
0 y 0
F F F F F F F ext
A B
C
2 f
(W F)OBC = 0 +  ( xy dx  x
B
y dy )

Tension in both springs will be same


1
2
=  {x 4 dx  x
x 0
4 (0)} =2J (  they are massless)

F = K2X2 = K1X1 and X1 + X2 = X


2
(W F)ODC =  ( x y dx  x
2
y dy ) K2 K1
 X1 = K  K X , X2 = K  K X
y 4x
1 2 1 2

1
2 2
4 x 2 8 x dx ) 32 K 1K 2
=  (x 4x dx  x
0
=1+
6  F=
K1  K 2
X

19
= J K1K 2
3 f = F = K  K X( î )
1 2
4. From work energy theorem, the masses stop when
total work done on them is zero.
1 2  a  S, b  R, c  R, d  R
W = mgx – kx – mgx = 0
2

DPPS FILE # 209


DPP NO. - 40 at equilibrium kx = 2mg

2mg
1. Let u and v denote initial and find velocity, then then  x=
k
nature of motion is indicated in diagram
1 2
So (K.E.)max = mg(2x) – kx
2S 2
a
2
u  2mg  1  2mg 
= 2mg   k 
v
 k  2  k 
S
1 2m 2 g2
mv2max =
2 k
Hence initial and final speed are given by equation
02 = u2 – 2a × 2S and v 2 = 02 + 2as m
 v max = 2g .
k
u u
 v= or  2 Ans.
2 v
5. (i) x = u cos  t
2. The work done by force from time t = 0 to t = t
sec. is given by shaded area in graph below. 3
= 20 × ×t = 10 3 m
Hence as t increases, this area increases. 2
1
y = u sin t – × 10 × t2
2
1
= 20 × × (1) – 5 (1)2 = 5m
2


Position v ector, r = 10 3 î  5 ĵ ,


 Work done by force keeps on increasing.

| r |  10 3  5
2 2

3. From work, energy theorem :


(ii) v x = 10 3 î
W g + Ui – Uf = K
v y = uy + ayt = 10 – g t = 0
1 1
Mgh + Kx02 – K (x0 + 2h)2 = 0 
2 2  v = 10 3 î , | v | = 10 3
 
1 v  r  (10 3 î )  (10 3 î  5 ĵ ) = 300
 K(x02 – (x0 + 2h)2) = – Mgh
2    
v . r = | v | | r | cos 
1  
 K(x0 + x0 + 2h) (x0 – x0 – 2h) = –Mgh vr 300
2  cos  = | v || r | =

10 3 325
1
 K 2(x0 + h) (– 2h) = – Mgh
2 1
 3 
  = cos  2 
 13 
Mg
h=  x0 .
2K
6. The normal reaction is always  to surface and
1 2
4. By energy conservation kx = mg(2x) the displacement is always along the surface.
2
 force and displacement are  to each other. From
4mg
 x= (maximum elongation) A to C it is zero.
k
DPPS FILE # 210
7. Total work done by gravity = work done against
2r1 2r2 v1 r1 1
friction 4. = v  v = r =
v1 2 2 2 2
mgh =  mg. x 0
h 2
= x v12 / r1  v1   r2  1 1
0 =   .  r  = . 2 =
v 22 / r2 v
 2  1 4 2

8. (work done by gravity – work done by friction)


= change in K.E. a1 2 r1 r1 4 1
Alternate method a = 2 = r = 8 = 2
2  r2 2
x0 1 2 1 2
 mgh –  mg = mv f  mv i
2 2 2 5. Mathod (I)
After 3 sec.
h x0 1 2 h Vy = uy + gt = – 30 m/s
= mgh – x mg 2 = mv f  0  
0 2 x0
and Vx = 10 m/s  V 2 = V x2 + V y 2

mgh 1  V = 10 10 m/s
  m v 2f  vf = gh
2 2
Vx 1
DPP NO. - 41 Now, tan  = V =
y 3

1. /////
///// 1
2gr ///  sin  =
///

10
/////////////

m
=1
// ///
/// r

// //
////////
////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// 10 m/s
S 45m
30m (p) Vx = 10 m/s

By work energy theorem gsin 


W g + W f = Kf – Ki
V
vy=–30
1 ///////////////////////////////////////
 mg 2r – µmgS = 0 – m (2gr)
2
 3mgr = µmgS
V2
3r 3 1 Radius of curvature r =
 S= = = 6m g sin 
µ 0 .5

r = 100 10 m
Mathod (II)
Let horizontal and vertical position of point p be x
2.
& y respectively

1 2
R 2  R2  x2  x = Vt and y = gt
cos t = 2
2R 2
gx 2
t  equation of trajectory y =
 x = 2R sin 2V 2
2
3. The ratio of distance travelled by B and C in same dy gx d2 y g
duration of time t is = v B : v C = 5 : 4  = 2 and 2 =
dx V dx V2

DPPS FILE # 211


Now V cos 37° = 20 cos53° as horizontal compo-
3/2
  dy  2 nent does not charge.

1    
  dx   3 5
Radius of curvature r =  V = 20 ×  = 15 m/s.
d2 y 5 4
dx 2 9. The initial velocity is 15 m/s acceleration of par-
ticle is (g sin +  g cos)
2 2 
3/2 downwards along the tube.

1  g x 
 V 4 
= 
g/ v2

Now after 3 s x = Vt = 30 m
3 3
and V = 10 m/s  a = 10 sin37 + × 10 × cos37 = 10 ×
8 5
 r = 100 10 m.
3 4
+ × 10 × = 9 m/s2
8 5
 V2 = u2 + 2as
6. aNet = a 2t  a 2c
V2 = 152 – 2 × 9 × 12.5 = 0
2 = 2 + 2  V2 = 0
 = 0 Given that the tube is slightly less than 12.5 m. It
so 2 = 2 means the particle will just drop from tube. Hence
2R = 2 (R) K.E. at the tube end = 0.
ac = 2R = 2at
10. Time taken by projectile to reach the bottom of
1= 0.36  (1.2  )2
tube from point of projection is
 1 – 0.36 = (1.2 )2 9
15
0.8 20 ) 37°
  16 12
1.2

2 12 12.5cos37°
  radian
3
7
9 = 16 – gt  t = = 0.7 sec.
7. Only the f ollowing statements are true f rom 10
definition of a conservative force. During this time particle travels 12 × 0.7 m
"Its work is zero when the particle moves exactly = 8.4 m horizontally.
once around any closed path".  Total distance = 8.4 m + 12.5 cos37°
"Its work depends on the end points of the motion, = 8.4 + 10 = 18.4 m.
not on the path between".

8. The particle while entering has inclination of 37° .


DPP NO. - 42
Let its velocity here be V.
1. Final P.E. of block = Initial P.E. of block + work done
by friction
Vsin37 20sin53°  mgh' = mgh – mgd
V 20
37° 53°
3. In uniform circular motion force is towards center
Ucos37° 20cos53° but in nonuniform circular motion net force is not
towards centre.

DPPS FILE # 212


In retardation angular acceleration and angular directed from B to O.
velocity are opposite to each other.  Acceleration vector of car at B is
Tangential acceleration and angular velocity are
perpendicular to each other so cross product will  v2 2 R
a = ( – sin 37° î + cos 37° ĵ ) =
R 20T2
not be zero.

(– 3 î + 4 ĵ ) m/s2
U U
4. F x =  or F y =   y , only (B) option satisfies (b) The magnitude of average acceleration of car is in
x
time T is
the criterea.
 
5. (D) The bob of the pendulum moves in a circle of v C  VB 2v R
= = m/s2
T T 2 T2
3R
radius (R + Rsin300) =
2
DPP NO. - 43
1
1. mg1 + wfk = (1)22 – 0
2
wfk = 2 – 10

2. From mechanical energy conservation :

1 1
mg(2R) + k(2R)2 = mv 2
 3R  2 2 2
Force equations :Tsin300 = m  
 2 
kR 2
Tcos300 = mg v = 2 gR  .
m
3 2 R 1
0
 tan30 = = mv 2
2 g 3 3. T = mgcos + ........(i)
r

2g T = 2mg ........(ii)
 = Ans. M.E. conservation
3 3R

6. For a < g 1
mgr = mgr (1 – cos) + mv 2 ........(iii)
N=0 2
For a > g
2
From (i), (ii) & (iii)  = cos 1 Ans.
(m1  m 2 )a  (m1  m 2 )g 3
a m1m 2 = (m1  m 2 )

= a – g w.r.t platform 4. (C) Let v be the speed of particle at B, just when it


For m1 is about to loose contact.
From application of Newton's second law to the
m1a – m1g + N = m1 × a m1m 2
particle normal to the spherical surface.
m1a – m1g + N = m1(a – g)
N = 0. mv 2
= mg sin  .......... (1)
R r
7. Speed of car is v = m/s
2T Applying conservation of energy as the block moves
from A to B..
v2 2 R
(a) The acceleration of car is = at B and is
R 4 T2 1
mv 2 = mg (r cos  – r sin ) .......... (2)
2

DPPS FILE # 213


Solving 1 and 2 we get 9. KEC = (ME)A – (PE)C = 2500 – 10 × 10 × 10
3 sin  = 2 cos  = 1500 J.

10. KED = (ME)A – (PE)D = 2500 – 10 × 10 × 3


5. radial acceleration at the point of landing
= 2200 J.

u2
a = g cos 60 =
n r DPP NO. - 44

u2 (10 ) 2 a
 r=  = 20 m 1. As ; cos =
g cos 60 10  1 / 2 2a

 = 60º
u  N sin60º = mg
60 60
2 a
60 N cos60º = m
gcos60 u 2
g

6.

Let the initial velocity given to the mass at A be u.


Then the velocity of mass at B is u/2 w.r.t. wire

2g 2g
As the system moves from initial the final position  tan60º = 2 2 =
 a a 3
Increase in potential energy is = 4 mg + 2mg
Decrease in kinetic energy
2. aA = g sin(only tangential)
2
1 2 1 u 5
= mu  m   = mu2 v2
2 2  2 8 aB = (only radial)

From conservation of energy

5 48
mu2 = 6 mg or u = g
8 5  
 A

v 
7. MEA B
mg mgcos
1 1 mgsin
= Mv 2 + Mg × 20 = × 102 × 10 + 10 × 20 × 10
2 2
= 2500 J. K.E. + P.E. = K.E. + P.E.

8. MEB = KEB + PEB = MEA 1 1


= m0 2  mg(1  cos )  mv 2
PEB = 0 KEB = MEA = 2500 J. 2 2
v 2 = 2g (1 – cos) ............(i)
DPPS FILE # 214
v2 mv 2 mv 2
 aB = = 2g(1 – cos) f x' = cos  – mg sin  – (mg cos  +
 R R

Since, aA = aB sin ) = 0
 g sin = 2g(1 – cos) for  = 45º and  = 1
v max =  (infinite)
  
 2sin cos = 2 × 2sin2
2 2 2
4. Centre of mass of circular disc of radius
 1 4R = (0, 0)
 tan = Centre of mass of upper disc = (0, 3R)
2 2
Centre of mass of lower disc = (3R, 0)
 1 Let M be mass of complete disc and then the mass
  = 2 tan–1   Ans.(A)
2 M
of cut out disc are
3. F.B.D. for minimum speed (w.r.t. automobile): 16
Hence, centre of mass of new structure is given
by

m1x1  m 2 x 2  m 3 x 3
x
m1  m 2  m 3

M M
M (0 )  ( 0)  (3R)
16 16 3R
= M M =
mv 2 M  14
f y' = N – mg cos  – sin  = 0. 16 16
R

mv 2 m1y1  m 2 y 2  m 3 y 3
f x' = cos  + N – mg sin  = 0 y
R m1  m 2  m 3

mv 2 mv 2 M M
 cos  + (mg cos  + M (0 )  (3R)  (0 )
R R 16 16 3R
= M M =
sin ) – mg sin  = 0 M  14
16 16
(Rg cos   Rg sin )
 v2 =
(cos    sin ) 3R
Position vector of C.M. =  ( î  ĵ )
for  = 45º and  = 1 : 14

Rg  Rg
vmin = =0 5. F BD of M
1 1
a
F.B.D for maximum speed (w.r.t. automobile) fs 100 Nt

100 – fs = 60 a  (1)

F BD of B

a
fs
40 B T
fk

DPPS FILE # 215


T + f s – fk = 40 a  (2) Then the coordinate of centre of mass of left and right
f k = (0.1) (60 +40) g
 2R   2R 
From (1) and (2) half rings are   , 0  and  , 0 .
     
100 – fs = 60 a
f s = 40 Nt  x-coordinates of centre of mass of comple ring is

6. If F = 20 N, 10 kg block will not move and it would  2R   2R 


m    2m 
not press 5 kg block So N = 0.       2R
3m =
3

3.

L L
K 2 x4

0
L
x dx . x
4
0
 x cm = L = L
K 3
2 x
7. F min = f A + f B = 60 N.  L x dx
0
3
0

8. If F = 50 N, force on 5 kg block = 10 N
3
= L
4

4. x2 = 4ay Differentiating w.r.t. y, we get


So friction force = 10 N

9. Point J  No equilibrium dy x


=
K  Unstable equilibrium dx 2a
L  Stable equilibrium
dy
M  Neutral equilibrium  At (2a, a), =1
dx

 hence  = 45°
DPP NO. - 45 the component of weight along tangential direction
is mg sin .
1. V = g R tan   (20)2 = 10 × 100 × tan 
g
hence tangential acceleration is g sin  =
4 2 2
 tan  = =
10 5

=tan–1 (2/5) Ans: None 5. The centre of mass of semicircular ring is at a


2r
distance 
from its centre. (Let  = mass/length)
2. Let the two half rings be placed in left and right of y-
axis with centre as shown in figure. 2r 4r
r     2r 
 Ycm =     6r
r  r  r    2r 3  2

DPPS FILE # 216


Hence m ax i m um energy st ored i s at t he
6. natural length.
kx = m2  + m2 x 1
(k – m2) x = m2  & MEmax = mv 2
2

m 2  At the natural length v = 2u, since the block is


x= Ans. (B) moving at this instant at a speed u with respect
k – m 2
to the other end of the spring.

1
7. For slowly havled K = 0 Hence MEmax = m(2u)2 = 2mu2.
2
W F + W g + W f = K
W g = –mgh 2. Apply work energy theorem
W f = –mgk µmg (2) + mgh = KEi – KEf .............(1)
W F = mgh + mgk = mg (h + k). at the highest point
Vblock = Vwedge
8. As speed of ball is variable, so motion is non uniform velocity of the block after passing through the rough
circular motion. surface is v = 36  2g( 2)

so applying momentum conservation


9. At the highest position of ball, tangential acceleration
1 (v) = (1 + 2) v f
of ball is zero,
 vf = v/3
µ = 0.675
10. Tension in the string is minimum when ball is at the

1
highest position. By conservation of energy mv 2 + m1 x1  (–m 2 ) x 2
2 3. x =
m1  (–m 2 )
1
mg (2) = m(20 g)
2 A1 x1  (– A 2 ) x 2
=
A1  (– A 2 )
v 2 = 16 g where v is the velocity of ball at the highest
point. A1 =  (3R)2 , A2 = R2
x 1 = O , x 2 = 2R
mv 2
So T + mg =
  x = – R/4

m 16 g 5. For Block F = 20.2 = 40 N


T= – mg = 15 mg

DPP NO. - 46 As boy exerts 40 N force on block, block exerts


40 N force on the boy, in opposite direction. As
1. As ; W ext = (ME) ; ME = Mechanical energy. boy is also moving with same acceleration
Mechanical energy will keep on increasing upto f – 40 = 50.2
the instant the W ext is positive, which will happen
till there is no compression in the spring. First
the spring gets extended to a maximum and after
which the extension decreases upto the natural
length. After that there is a compression in the
spring, results in a –ve external work (so as to f = 140 N.
move the end of spring at constant speed u). Aliter : Consider the boy + block system. The

DPPS FILE # 217


only external force is friction acting on boy ’f’
 f = (Mboy + Mblock )a = 140 N.
 f = (Mman + Mblock )a = 140 N.
b 13
m1x1  m 2 x 2  m 3 x 3  m 4 x 4 or 
6. Xcm = a 4
m1  m 2  m 3  m 4

5  1  3  (–1)  2  (2)  4  (–1) 2 1


= = 
5324 14 7

m1y1  m 2 y 2  m 3 y 3  m 4 y 4
Ycm=
m1  m 2  m 3  m 4

2.
5  ( 6)  3  5  2  (–3)  4  (–4 )
=
5324

23
= Minimum velocity at lowest point to complete the
14
7. (A) If motion is uniform circular motion (constant circle is u = 5g 
speed), change in kinetic energy of particle is zero so by energy conservation between point A and B
W all = KE2 – KE1
W all = 0 ki + ui = kf + v f
If motion is non uniform circular motion then
1 1
kinetic energy of particle may decrease or in- m × 5 g + 0 = mv 2 + mg
2 2
crease. So work done by all the forces may be posi-
tive or negative.  V= 3g

(B) The particle's speed is constant, so work done


by all the force is zero. For vertical downward dis- 3. For the ring to move in a circle at constant speed the
placement, work done by gravity is positive. net force on it should be zero. Here spring force will
provide the necessary centripetal force.
(C) In projectile motion, for upward v ertical
displacement, speed particle decreases, so work
done by all the forces will be negative. For
v ertical downward displacement, speed of
particle increases, so work done by all the force will
be positive.
 kx = mx2
(D) If the speed of train is increasing, then work done
by all the forces is positive and vice versa. If train is k 300
 = = = 10 rad/sec. Ans.
moving downward the incline, work done by gravity m 3
on the particle is positive. 4. The extension is spring is x = 2R cos 30° –R
DPP NO. - 47 =  3  1R
1. If centre of mass is at A
a 1 1
a2  2 =  ab sin b sin
2 3

DPPS FILE # 218


 
Applying Newton's second law to the bead normal to (D) u  2 î  3 ĵ and a  6 î  9 ĵ . Hence initial velocity is
circular ring at point B in same direction of constant acceleration,
therefore particle moves in straight line with
N=K  3  1R cos 30° + mg cos 30° increasing speed.

=
 3  1 mg  3  1 R cos 30° + mg cos 30° 8. Both the statements are true. The work done by all
R forces on a system is equal to change in its kinetic
energy, irrespective of fact whether work done by
3 3 mg internal forces is positive, is zero or is negative.
N= .
2
5. We have  = 2 × (100 rev) = 200  rad DPP NO. - 48
So 2 = 02 + 2
1. This disc can be assumed to be made of a
 1600 = 900 + 2 × 200
complete uniform disc and a square plate with
700 7 same negative mass density.
 = =
400 4
m1y1  m 2 y 2
Ycm = m1  m 2
Also  = 0 +  t

7 (  r 2 )  (0)   2 ( ) (r / 2)
 40 = 30 + t =
4  r 2    2 (  )

40 r3
 t= 
7   2r 2 r
= = 
6. According to W.E. theorem 2(r 2   2 ) r2
 1
2(r 2  ) 4   
2  2
1 5

2
mV2 - 0 = 0 (10  4 x ) dx 40  20
2.  = rad/sec2
V = 10m/s 10

Force at that moment = (10 + 20) = 30 N = 2 rad/sec2


 22 = 12 + 2
Instantaneous power = F.V
(40)2 = (20)2 + 2(2)
= 30 × 10 = 300W
(40 )2  (20)2 60   20 
= = = 300
4 4
  
7. (A) F = constant and u F  0 2n = 300
Therefore initial velocity is either in direction of n = 150.
constant force or opposite to it. Hence the particle
m v B2 v2
will move in straight line and speed may increase 3. VB = 2  10  10 ; < mg ; R > B
R g
or decrease.
    R > 20 m
(B) u  F  0 and F = constant
initial velocity is perpendicular to constant force, N N
4. 2N sin45º = mg
hence the path will be parabolic with speed of
particle increasing. mg
  N= 45°
(C) v  F  0 means instantaneous velocity is alway 2
perpendicular to force. Hence the speed will remain

F = 2N
constant. And also | F | = constant. Since the particle mg
mg
moves in one plane, the resulting motion has to be = 2 =
2 2 mg.
circular.

DPPS FILE # 219


5. Let ‘u’ be the required minimum velocity. By mo-
1 R 1
mentum conservation : mv a2 = mg  m(gR)
2 2 2
mu = (m + m)v  v = u/2.
 v a2 = gR + gR = 2gR

 va = 2gR

For clock-wise motion, the bob must have atleast


that much speed initially, so that the string must not
become loose any where until it reaches the peg B.
At the initial position :

Energy equation : mv c2
T + mgcos600 = ; V C being the initial
R
1 1
mu2 = (2m)v 2 + mgH.
2 2 speed in clockwise direction.
Substituting v = u/2 :
For VC min : Put T = 0 ;
u = 2 gH
VC min : T=0

6. When the block comes to rest, the wedge continues gR


 VC =
2
u
to move at V = = gH on the smooth surface.
2
(since, momentum of wedge-block system remains gR
conserved).  VC/Va = 2 = 1
2gR 2

7. By work-energy theorem on the system :


 VC : Va = 1 : 2 Ans.
1 2. In the frame of ring (inertial w.r.t. earth), the initial
– (mg) (BE) – mgh = – mu2
4
velocity of the bead is v at the lowest position.
1 Hh
=– m (4 gH)  BE =
4 

8. (A) Centre of mass lies in second quadrant.


(B), (C) and (D) Centre of mass lies on y-axis
and below x-axis.
The condition for bead to complete the vertical circle
DPP NO. - 49 is, its speed at top position
v top  0
From conservation of energy
1. (C) For anti-clockwise motion, speed at the highest
1 1
point should be gR . Conserving energy at (1) & m v 2top + mg (2R) = mv 2
2 2
(2) :
or v = 4 gR

3. As the speed is constant, so there is only an  v 2.

mv 2
Hence the net force is equal to . Hence the
R

magnitude of rate of change of momentum (i.e.


force) is proportional to v 2 .

DPPS FILE # 220


5. T cos30º + N sin30º = mg DPP NO. - 50
 3 T + N = 2 mg ..............(i)
1. Length of spring at maximum = 2 cos
 Extension is x = (2 cos – )
mv 2
T sin30º – N cos30º =  T Now initial potential energy of the spring is
( 3 / 2)
converted into final PE of spring and gravitational
sin30º – 3N = 4mv 2 PE.

3 T – 3N = 4mv 2 ..............(ii)

2mg  4mv 2
by (i),)(ii)  N= ; T=
4

6mg  4mv 2
4 3

1 2 1
for N > 0  v < 5 m/s  k = k (2 cos – )2 + mg ( – cos )
2 2

38 Putting values
at v = 2 T= N ; N = 2N.
3 1 1
× 10 × 1 2 = × 10 (2 cos – 1) 2 + 10
Solution : 2 2
In P, Q and S; the centre of masses lie at D/2 height (1 – cos )
from the base level. Where as in R(cons) the com   =  – 2
lies at D/4 height from the base. 5 = 5 (2 cos  – 1)2 + 10 (1 + cos2)
Hence UP > UQ. 1 = (4 cos2  + 1 – 4cos) + 2(1 + 2cos2– 1)
Ans. (C). 8 cos2  = 4 cos
6. (a) For motion to start 1
 cos =
5  k mg 2
> smg or 5k > 4s
4   = 60°
 = 60º .

2. T – m w2r = ma
(b)
T
m w2r (C.F.F)
At the final position of the block extension in spring
m
is maximum and the speed of the block is a
v = 0. Hence the net work done in taking the block T a
m
from initial to final position
mg
W = work done by P + work done by spring force F
+ work done by friction = 0

x g
5  k mg Kx 4 T – m   = ma  (1)

= P x – Kx 3 . dx – µmgx =
4
x–
4
3
0

mg
– kmgx = 0 mg – T = ma  (2) T – = mg
3
1/ 3
 K mg  –T
solving we get x=   Ans.
 K   2T = 4 mg/ 3
 T = 2 mg /3 Ans. (B)
DPPS FILE # 221
3. (B) As both the balls are released simultaneously,
at any instant before the lower balls reaches the
ground both have the same velocity ; v = gt i.e. ‘v’ vs.
r
‘t’ is a straight line graph. 7. For A
aA = v2/r
mv( t )  mv( t )
V CM = = v (t) ; v (t) being the
2m
instantaneous velocity. 2
v /2 2r
Just after the lower ball strikes ground and comes to 2r 45
0

For B v2/2 2r
rest : v2/2r

m v (t ) v(t )
VCM = =
2m 2
 v 2 v 2  v2 
  î - ĵ 
= arel =  r
i.e. the velocity suddenly drops to half its value.  2 2r  2 2r 
Hence graphs (A) & (B) are chosen.
After collision :
v2
m(g)  m(0) g
= |arel | =
2 2r
(2 2  1)2  12 
aCM = =
mm 2
v2 
i.e. the slope (of v–t curve) should decrease to half.
=  (2 2  1)2  12 
2 2r  
Hence (B) is the best option.

Vf  Vi (Slope at B)  (Slope at A )
4. aav = = v2 8  1 4 2  1
t 1s =
2r 2

1 1
= = – 2 m/s2 v2 10  4 2 v2
1 = = (5  2 2 )
2r 2 2r
5. mrcm = m 1r1 + m 2r2
= (m + 2m) (0) = m(x – 4) + 2m(x)
v2
= 2.172 (B)
4 2r
 x = cm.
3

6. At any moment realtive velocity v rel = v A – v B 8. For same angular speed 


It has same magnitude but different direction so
2n
v rel = 2 2 2 w= t1
v  v  2v cos(180  )

n : fractional revelutionar number of revolution


= 2v 2 (1  cos )
For 'A' n = 1/4

 2(1/ 4) v
v rel = 2 v sin w= w=  
2 t1 r
 change with time t
v 
vrel = ........ (i)
r 2t1

t
 r 
For B car t1 =  
 2v 

DPPS FILE # 222


2r    v DPP NO. - 51
w= t =  4t  =  

2  2   r
2
1. The side view of circular motion is as shown :

v    V
=  2t 

r  2 

So time interval for equal angular velocity

 r 
 t =   =t =t . mv 2
 2v  1 2
T + mg sin =
R

and by energy conservation :


9. (A) Both have same linear speed at mean
When A at A' than B at A' 1 1
mv i2 = mv 2 + mg2R(sin )
2 2
When A at B than B at B' When A at C then B at C'
for v i to be minimum, v is minimum and hence
B
T=0
A'
r  v i2 = 5gR. sin
2r r
B' 5g
A  v i)min = Ans.
2
r
B r 2. Friction force between wedge and block is internal
C
i.e. will not change motion of COM. Friction force
on the wedge by ground is external and causes
(B) Friction for always towards centre to privide
COM to move towards right. Gravitational force
mv 2 (mg) on block brings it downward hence COM
sufficient centripetal force comes down.
r
(C) From above diagram 1 2
3. After 3 sec. height of COM. is 50 + ut – gt
2
B A'
O'
r 1
2r O = 50 + 10 × 3 – × 10 × 32
A 2
r' B'
= 35 m
A
C' m1H1  m 2H2  m 3H3
B C HC.M. = m1  m 2  m 3

mv 2 2  0  1 40  1 H3
For car A  O' to A fs = 35 =
r 4
H3 = 100 m
mv 2
For car B  O' to B' fs' =
2r 4 The free body daigram of hoop is

mv 2 m 2v 0 4
For A  A to C = = fs The normal reaction N = m 2 g2 
2r
r2

mv 2
For B  B' to C' = = fs'
r m 2v 0 4
Frictional force = µkN = µk m 2 g2 
r2

DPPS FILE # 223


  1 3    d  3 d   2 3    11 
   
 

 3 d   4   ( d )  2    3 d   8 d
    
  
Xcm= 1 3  2 
 d   (d3 )   d3 
3  3 

µk N
 tangential acceleration =
m
E 3d
4 8
v0
= µk g2  F
d/2
r2
d/2
Ref. line
d/4
G

5. V = =v
v 2  v 2  2v 2 cos 60
1 3
where,   d  is the mass of cone,
 3 
 | v | v 3 v2 v2 ai
aavg = = =  ai = ; a
t t R R av  (d3 ) is the mass of cylinder

v 2 R  2 3
= = &   d  is the mass of hemisphere.
R 3v 2
3 3 

T Tcos
6.
DPP NO. - 52
A

    
1. 7M ( x î  yĵ  zk̂ ) = M î  ĵ  ĵ 
Tsin 2 2 2 

T sin  < T 
Shifting = x2  y 2  z2 = 3.
 tA < t B 14

7. Let v be the final speed of block when it is at maximum 2. Path of Q and R will intersect and will be on opposite
to that of P .
height h. At that instant the speed of circular track
shall also be v. Since there is no friction, the centre of mass will fall
vertical downward. When the rod falls on the ground,
it is shown as a dotted.

From conservation of momentum 3. (C) The work done by man is negative of magnitude
m 2gR = (m + 2m) v ....(1) of decrease in potential energy of chain

From conservation of energy

1 1
m (2gR) = (m + 2m) v 2 + 2mgh ....(2) L/2
2 2 L/4

solving (1) and (2) we get

2 L m L L
2h = R Ans. R/3 U = mg – g = 3 mg
3 2 2 4 8

8. Replacing the three bodies by their Com at E, F & 3mg


G. Let  be their common density.  W=–
8

DPPS FILE # 224


Applying W -E theorem from starting to that
 U U
4. f =– î – y ĵ = – [6 î ] + [8] ĵ instant.
x
kf – ki = W gr. + W sp + W ten.

= – 6 î + 8 ĵ  1 2
0 – 0 = 2 M.g.x +   Kx  + 0
  2 
 a = – 3 î + 4 ĵ has same direction as that of

 4 Mg
  3 î  4 ĵ  a  x=
u    K
2  2
System will have maximum KE when net force on
 the system becomes zero. Therefore
| a | = 5
 2 Mg = T and T = kx
| u | = 5/2
  2 Mg
Since u and a are in same direction, particle will  x=
K
move along a straight line
Hence KE will be maximum when 2M mass has
5 1
S= ×2+ × 5 × 22 2 Mg
2 2 gone down by .
K
= 5 + 10 = 15 m. 15 m. Ans

m1S1  m 2S2 Applying W/E theorem


5. (A) Sm =
m1  m 2
2 Mg 1 4 M2 g 2
kf – 0 = 2Mg. – K.
(3m ) (  x )  (m) (   n) K 2 K2
0=
3m  m
2 M2 g 2
kf =
 K2
x=
4
2
1  4 Mg 
Maximum energy of spring = K . 
2  K 

8 M2 g 2
=
K
(C)
Therefore Maximum spring energy
= 4 × maximum K.E.

2 Mg
When K.E. is maximum x = .
2u sin  K
T=
g
1 4 M2 g 2 2 M2 g 2
Displacement of sled in this time = Spring energy = .K . =
2 K2 K2
i.e. (D) is wrong.
 u cos    2u sin   1  u 2 sin 2 
    = 
 3   g  3  g 

4  u2 sin 2  7.
Total distance = 3 g 
 
Let the block A shift to left by x1 and block B shift to
6. Maximum extension will be at the moment when
right by x2. The centre of mass of the two block
both masses stop momentarily after going down.
system is at rest
DPPS FILE # 225
Hence mx1 = 2mx2
1 1
m v A2 = k x02
x 2 4
or x2 = 1 ...........(1)
2 work done on block A by spring = change in kinetic
and the spring f orce on either block is energy of block A
k (x0 – [x1 + x2]), where x0 is the initial compression
1 1
in the spring = m v A2 = k x02
2 4
Let the block A shift further left by dx1
 work done on block by spring is DPP NO. - 53
dW = k (x0 – x1 – x2) dx1 ........(2)

 x1  1. By linear momentum conservation in horizontal


= k  x 0  x1   dx1 direction = for (bob + string + cart)
 2 
mV0 = (m + m)v
 3 
dW = k  x 0  x 1  dx1 V0
 2  v=
2
 Net work done
By mechanical energy conserv ation f or
x0 / 3 (bob + string + cart + earth)
 3  k x 02
 dW =  k x 0  x1  dx1 =
 2  4 1 1
x1  0 mV02 + 0 + 0 = (2m)v 2 + mgh + 0
2 2
1 2
Ans. k x02 1 1 V
4 mV02 – (2m) 0 = mgh
2 2 4
ALTERNATIVE SOLUTION
Solving it,
Let the speeds of blocks A and B at the instant
V02
x h= .
compression is 0 be v A and v B as shown in figure 4g
2
2. after collision
[0 = natural length of spring]

By momentum conservation in horizontal direction


V = V1 + V2 .............(i)

No external forces act on the system in the horizontal V2 – V1 1


and e =  .............(ii)
direction V 2
Applying conservation of momentum in horizontal
3V
direction By (i) and o (ii) V2 =
4
initial momentum = final momentum
0 = m(–v A) + 2m v B So impulse on B
or vA = 2 vB .............(1)
 3V 
from conservation of energy =m  
 4 
2
1 1  x0  1 1 and loss in K.E.
k x02 = k   + m v A2 + 2m v B2
2 2  2  2 2
3
= mV2
..........(2) 16
from (1) and (2) we get

DPPS FILE # 226


All forces on rod, act in vertical direction. Hence
3. acceleration of centre of mass is vertically
downwards.
 centre of mass of rod moves vertically down
wards.

QS

1 1
–mg × S = 0 + k (0.1)2 – × 1 × ( 3 )2
2 2

k 3
– 0.1 × 1 × 10 × 0.5 = 
200 2

k = 200 N/m
3 
QSQ BP =  sin 60º =  ; C1 P = cos 60º
2 2
1 1
–  mg × 0.5 × 2 = mv Q2 – mu2  
2 2
 PB1 = B1C1 – C1 P = (1 – cos60º) =
2 4
1 1
–1= × 1 × v Q2 – ×1×3  Di spl ac em ent of end B is B B1
2 2
v Q = 1 m/s  3 
2 2
  13 
QP = BP 2
 PB 12 =     =
 2  4 4
v P2 = v Q2 – 2(g) (2r)  

0 .9 8
vP = 12  4  10  = = 0.8 m/s 5. Let the velocity of man after jumping be ‘u’ towards
100 10
right. Then speed of cart is v-u towards left. From
conservation of momentum mu = 2m(v – u)
mv P2 1 64  100 55
NP =  mg = – 10 = N.
r 100  0.9 0.9 2v
 u=
3

3 2 2 hence work done by man = change in K.E. of


4. Displacement =  
4 16 system
1 1 13 
= 3 =
2 4 4 m

v-u

/////////////////////////////////////////////

1 1
Alternate solution = mu2 + 2m (v – u)2
2 2
Initially the rod is at rest
 ucm of rod = 0 2 2
1  2v  1 v mv 2
= m   + 2m   = Ans.
2  3  2 3 3

DPPS FILE # 227


6. (A) p (B) q (C) q, s (D) r
Sol. (Moderate) The FBD of block and plank and
are shown. Work done on block by friction is
positive
Work done on plank by friction is negative.
Work done by friction on plank plus block is zero

when there is no relative motion between them. 1 gL


= 0.2 gL =
2 10
Since there is no rubbing between block and plank, velocity of ball after jerk
mechanical
energy is not lost. (i.e., heat and allied losses are 3 3gL
v cos  = gL = .
not produced). 2 2
Work done by friction on plank + block is negative
when there is relative motion between block and 4. If velocity of m2 is zero then
plank. This work done is equal loss in mechanical by momentum conservation
energy of block + plank system. m1v = m2 v
DPP NO. - 54 m2 v
v = m
1. The centre of mass of man + disc shall always remain 1

at rest. Since the man is always at periphery of disc, Now kinetic energy of m1
the centre of disc shall always be at distance R/3